Updated.

it is only built if it doesn't already exist on the user's platform.
gdbm is a set of database routines that use extendible hashing and works
similar to the standard UNIX dbm routines.  This guarantees the availability
of gdbm to any application that uses SimGear.

Audio/CHANGES

@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-
-/**********************************************\
-*                                              *
-*                W A R N I N G                 *
-*                                              *
-* This file is now kept in reverse chronolog-  *
-* ical order so recent changes are now at the  *
-* top.                                         *
-*                                              *
-\**********************************************/
-
-* 28th Sept 1889 -- Fixed a bug associated with exiting the
-                      program with sounds still playing.
-                    Fixed a bug associated with using the
-                      package in the absence of a sound card.
-                    Added a new member function "working"
-                      which is the opposite of "not_working",
-                      (as demanded by a bunch of rabid optimists)!
-                    Fixed a couple of typo's in the manual.
-
-* 23rd Sept 1998 -- The Good News: Finally got around to
-                         getting the pitch envelope working. (Hooray) 
-                    The Bad News: This costs quite a bit in
-                         performance - and it was a MAJOR rewrite
-                         of significant parts of the internals,
-                         so we may need some bug fixes.
-                    This version is 0.5
-
-* 7th  July 1998 -- Fixed some error checking in slSample.cxx and
-                    a missing declaration in sl.h
-
-* 6th  July 1998 -- Fixed an initialisation problem when
-                    slScheduler was not a static/global.
-
-                    Tom Knienieder's port to SGI/IRIX is now
-                    working, documentation updated to reflect that.
-
-* 16th June 1998 -- Added some slPortability.h fixes for
-                    FreeBSD and the Cygnus WIN32 compiler.
-                    Many thanks to Curt.
-
-* 14th June 1998 -- Tom Knienieder's port to OpenBSD is now
-                    working, documentation updated to reflect that.
-                    Tom's improved Makefiles included, also some
-                    example sound samples that were accidentally
-                    left out of the release are now present.
-                    A couple of typo's in the WIN32 section
-                    have been fixed. The top level Makefile
-                    now requires you to type 'make linux',
-                    'make win' or 'make openbsd'.
-
-* 13th June 1998 -- Tom Knienieder's port to WIN32 engine is now
-                    working, documentation updated to reflect that
-                    revised status. Some default constructor parameters
-                    have changed, slDSP no longer supports setRate/setBps/setStereo.
-                    You now have to delete the slDSP and recreate it with
-                    new parameters. This makes porting a little easier.
-                    'sound_test' renamed 'example'.
-
-* 7th  June 1998 -- Volume envelopes (and inverse volume envelopes)
-                    now work correctly. Pan envelopes won't work
-                    until stereo is implemented. Pitch and filter
-                    envelopes turn out to be a major pain to implement
-                    with the present slSceduler/slSamplePlayer interface,
-                    so some significant internal changes are to be
-                    expected.
-
-                    Changed the CHANGES file to be in reverse
-                    chronological order.
-
-                    This version is officially  SL v0.3 (beta)
- 
-*  3rd June 1998 -- Moved sample program and it's data files into
-                    'example', moved documents into 'doc' and sources
-                    into 'src'. Final library goes into 'lib'.
-
-                    The entire preempting mechanism was broken -
-                    now it's fixed.
- 
-                    Added a callback mechanism that allows
-                    applications to know when a sound
-                    loops, finishes playing, is pre-empted, etc.
-
-                    New mechanisms added to stop/pause/resume a
-                    playing sample.
- 
-                    All the documentation - and some of the code -
-                    for slEnvelopes has been added, they don't
-                    work yet - so don't bother with them for now.
-
-                    Made some code a little more bullet-proof.
-                    slSample's are now reference-counted so you
-                    can't accidentally delete one while it's
-                    playing without getting a FATAL error.
-
-* 2nd  June 1998 -- Fixed bug in initialisation that prevented SL
-                    from functioning correctly in the case were there
-                    is no sound card present.
-
-                    This version is officially  SL v0.2 (beta)
-
-* 1st  June 1998 -- Split library into two parts - libsm and
-                    libsl. libsm contains only the Mixer class
-                    since it is likely to be hard to port to
-                    a lot of non-OSS systems - and most programs
-                    won't need it anyway. Hence the documentation
-                    has blossomed into three files and all the
-                    'slMixer' references have turned into 'smMixer'.
-                    Also, I finally got a hold of the OSS documentation,
-                    which is a lot more complete - and straightened
-                    me out on a few points. slDSP has changed
-                    (internally) somewhat as a result and in particular,
-                    you can no longer mess with the sampling rate,
-                    stereo and bps settings after the slDSP or
-                    slScheduler has been created. This also allows the
-                    scheduler to enforce it's rule about only mono/8bps
-                    operations.
-
-                    I also added an 'autoMatch' function to the slSample
-                    class to automagically match incoming samples to the
-                    current slDSP/slScheduler. This makes using the library
-                    a lot less painful and error-prone.
- 
-                    This version is officially  SL v0.1 (beta)
- 
-                    We need a better name!
-
-* 30th May  1998 -- Almost total rewrite, library can now
-                    play multiple sounds without interruption,
-                    supports '.WAV' and '.AU' file formats as
-                    well as raw binary files. Able to copy with
-                    much shorter safetyMargin on sound buffers,
-                    and play without using the 'stop' call.
-                    All class and external symbols now begin
-                    with 'sl' or 'SL'. HTML documentation now
-                    available.
-
-* 27th May  1998 -- First hack
-

Audio/Makefile.am

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS = src example

Audio/NOTICE

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-NOTICE:  This Sound Library (SL) distribution contains source code that is
-placed into the public domain without copyright. These programs are freely
-distributable without licensing fees.  These programs are provided without
-guarantee or warrantee expressed or implied. 
-
-If you use SL in a commercial or shareware product, it would be nice if you
-gave credit where it is due.  If you make any modifications or improvements
-to SL, I would greatly appreciate a copy of the improved code.
-

Audio/README

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-
-Hi!
-
-  This is the fifth prototype of Steve's 'SL' sound library.
-
-  Check out 'CHANGES' and the new HTML documentation.
-
-Steve
-

Audio/README.freebsd

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for Linux.
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-   % make freebsd
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-...that's all folks.
-
-Header  files   go into /usr/include/SL (analogous to /usr/include/GL for graphics)
-Library file(s) go into /usr/lib
-

Audio/README.linux

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for Linux.
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-   % make linux
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-...that's all folks.
-
-Header  files   go into /usr/include/SL (analogous to /usr/include/GL for graphics)
-Library file(s) go into /usr/lib
-

Audio/README.openbsd

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for OpenBSD.
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-   % make openbsd
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-...that's all folks.
-
-Header  files   go into /usr/include/SL (analogous to /usr/include/GL for graphics)
-Library file(s) go into /usr/lib
-

Audio/README.sgi

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for SGI.
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-There are two options, depending on whether you want to use GCC or
-the standard SGI C++ compiler.
-
-GNU G++:
-
-   % make sgigcc
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-SGI C++:
-
-   % make sgi
-   % su root
-   % make install
-
-...that's all folks.
-
-Header  files   go into /usr/include/SL (analogous to /usr/include/GL for graphics)
-Library file(s) go into /usr/lib
-
-When you link, be sure to include to -laudio
-
-

Audio/README.unix

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-Building SL for UNIX
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-If your UNIX box is Linux or OpenBSD then
-check out README.linux or README.openbsd.
-
-If your UNIX box supports OSS (the Open
-Sound System) then in principal, you should
-only need to type:
-
-  % make oss
-  % su root
-  % make install
-
-...however, your milage may vary. If you succeed
-in getting a non-Linux, non-OpenBSD version to
-work, I'd like to hear about it.
-
-          Steve Baker  <sjbaker1@airmail.net>
-

Audio/README.win

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-
-Building SL for win32 (msvc)
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-   C:>nmake win32
-
-
-don't forget to set the environment !
-
-example:
-
-set include=c:\msdev\include;
-set lib=c:\msdev\lib
-
-path c:\msdev\bin;c:\bin;c:\winnt;......

Bucket/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libBucket.a
-
-libBucket_a_SOURCES = newbucket.cxx newbucket.hxx
-
-bin_PROGRAMS = testbucket
-
-testbucket_SOURCES = testbucket.cxx
-
-testbucket_LDADD = $(top_builddir)/Lib/Bucket/libBucket.a
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)

Bucket/testbucket.cxx

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-// test new bucket routines
-
-#include "newbucket.cxx"
-
-main() {
-    double lat = 21.9625;
-    double lon = -110.0 + 0.0625;
-
-    /*
-    while ( lon < 180 ) {
-	FGBucket b1( lon, lat );
-	long int index = b1.gen_index();
-	FGBucket b2( index );
-
-	cout << lon << "," << lat << "  ";
-	cout << b2 << " " << b2.get_center_lon() << "," 
-	     << b2.get_center_lat() << endl;
-
-	lon += 0.125;
-    }
-    */
-
-    FGBucket b1;
-
-    for ( int j = 2; j >= -2; j-- ) {
-	for ( int i = -2; i < 3; i++ ) {
-	    b1 = fgBucketOffset(lon, lat, i, j);
-	    cout << "(" << i << "," << j << ")" << b1 << "\t";
-	}
-	cout << endl;
-    }
-}

CVSROOT/checkoutlist

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# The "checkoutlist" file is used to support additional version controlled
-# administrative files in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT, such as template files.
-#
-# The first entry on a line is a filename which will be checked out from
-# the corresponding RCS file in the $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory.
-# The remainder of the line is an error message to use if the file cannot
-# be checked out.
-#
-# File format:
-#
-#	[<whitespace>]<filename><whitespace><error message><end-of-line>
-#
-# comment lines begin with '#'

CVSROOT/commitinfo

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-# The "commitinfo" file is used to control pre-commit checks.
-# The filter on the right is invoked with the repository and a list 
-# of files to check.  A non-zero exit of the filter program will 
-# cause the commit to be aborted.
-#
-# The first entry on a line is a regular expression which is tested
-# against the directory that the change is being committed to, relative
-# to the $CVSROOT.  For the first match that is found, then the remainder
-# of the line is the name of the filter to run.
-#
-# If the repository name does not match any of the regular expressions in this
-# file, the "DEFAULT" line is used, if it is specified.
-#
-# If the name "ALL" appears as a regular expression it is always used
-# in addition to the first matching regex or "DEFAULT".

CVSROOT/cvswrappers

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-# This file describes wrappers and other binary files to CVS.
-#
-# Wrappers are the concept where directories of files are to be
-# treated as a single file.  The intended use is to wrap up a wrapper
-# into a single tar such that the tar archive can be treated as a
-# single binary file in CVS.
-#
-# To solve the problem effectively, it was also necessary to be able to
-# prevent rcsmerge from merging these files.
-#
-# Format of wrapper file ($CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvswrappers or .cvswrappers)
-#
-#  wildcard	[option value][option value]...
-#
-#  where option is one of
-#  -f		from cvs filter		value: path to filter
-#  -t		to cvs filter		value: path to filter
-#  -m		update methodology	value: MERGE or COPY
-#
-#  and value is a single-quote delimited value.
-#
-# For example:

CVSROOT/editinfo

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-# The "editinfo" file is used to allow verification of logging
-# information.  It works best when a template (as specified in the
-# rcsinfo file) is provided for the logging procedure.  Given a
-# template with locations for, a bug-id number, a list of people who
-# reviewed the code before it can be checked in, and an external
-# process to catalog the differences that were code reviewed, the
-# following test can be applied to the code:
-#
-#   Making sure that the entered bug-id number is correct.
-#   Validating that the code that was reviewed is indeed the code being
-#       checked in (using the bug-id number or a seperate review
-#       number to identify this particular code set.).
-#
-# If any of the above test failed, then the commit would be aborted.
-#
-# Actions such as mailing a copy of the report to each reviewer are
-# better handled by an entry in the loginfo file.
-#
-# One thing that should be noted is the the ALL keyword is not
-# supported.  There can be only one entry that matches a given
-# repository.

CVSROOT/loginfo

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-# The "loginfo" file is used to control where "cvs commit" log information is
-# sent.  The first entry on a line is a regular expression which is tested
-# against the directory that the change is being made to, relative to the
-# $CVSROOT.  For the first match that is found, the remainder of the line is a
-# filter program that should expect log information on its standard input
-#
-# If the repository name does not match any of the regular expressions in the
-# first field of this file, the "DEFAULT" line is used, if it is specified.
-#
-# If the name "ALL" appears as a regular expression it is always used
-# in addition to the first matching regex or "DEFAULT".
-#
-# The filter program may use one and only one "%s" modifier (ala printf).  If
-# such a "%s" is specified in the filter program, a brief title is included
-# (as one argument, enclosed in single quotes) showing the relative directory
-# name and listing the modified file names.
-#
-# For example:
-#DEFAULT		(echo ""; who am i; echo %s; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog

CVSROOT/modules

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-# Three different line formats are valid:
-#	key	-a    aliases...
-#	key [options] directory
-#	key [options] directory files...
-#
-# Where "options" are composed of:
-#	-i prog		Run "prog" on "cvs commit" from top-level of module.
-#	-o prog		Run "prog" on "cvs checkout" of module.
-#	-e prog		Run "prog" on "cvs export" of module.
-#	-t prog		Run "prog" on "cvs rtag" of module.
-#	-u prog		Run "prog" on "cvs update" of module.
-#	-d dir		Place module in directory "dir" instead of module name.
-#	-l		Top-level directory only -- do not recurse.
-#
-# NOTE:  If you change any of the "Run" options above, you'll have to
-# release and re-checkout any working directories of these modules.
-#
-# And "directory" is a path to a directory relative to $CVSROOT.
-#
-# The "-a" option specifies an alias.  An alias is interpreted as if
-# everything on the right of the "-a" had been typed on the command line.
-#
-# You can encode a module within a module by using the special '&'
-# character to interpose another module into the current module.  This
-# can be useful for creating a module that consists of many directories
-# spread out over the entire source repository.

CVSROOT/notify

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# The "notify" file controls where notifications from watches set by
-# "cvs watch add" or "cvs edit" are sent.  The first entry on a line is
-# a regular expression which is tested against the directory that the
-# change is being made to, relative to the $CVSROOT.  If it matches,
-# then the remainder of the line is a filter program that should contain
-# one occurrence of %s for the user to notify, and information on its
-# standard input.
-#
-# "ALL" or "DEFAULT" can be used in place of the regular expression.
-#
-# For example:
-#ALL mail %s -s "CVS notification"

CVSROOT/rcsinfo

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-# The "rcsinfo" file is used to control templates with which the editor
-# is invoked on commit and import.
-#
-# The first entry on a line is a regular expression which is tested
-# against the directory that the change is being made to, relative to the
-# $CVSROOT.  For the first match that is found, then the remainder of the
-# line is the name of the file that contains the template.
-#
-# If the repository name does not match any of the regular expressions in this
-# file, the "DEFAULT" line is used, if it is specified.
-#
-# If the name "ALL" appears as a regular expression it is always used
-# in addition to the first matching regex or "DEFAULT".

CVSROOT/taginfo

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# The "taginfo" file is used to control pre-tag checks.
-# The filter on the right is invoked with the following arguments:
-#
-# $1 -- tagname
-# $2 -- operation "add" for tag, "mov" for tag -F, and "del" for tag -d
-# $3 -- repository
-# $4->  file revision [file revision ...]
-#
-# A non-zero exit of the filter program will cause the tag to be aborted.
-#
-# The first entry on a line is a regular expression which is tested
-# against the directory that the change is being committed to, relative
-# to the $CVSROOT.  For the first match that is found, then the remainder
-# of the line is the name of the filter to run.
-#
-# If the repository name does not match any of the regular expressions in this
-# file, the "DEFAULT" line is used, if it is specified.
-#
-# If the name "ALL" appears as a regular expression it is always used
-# in addition to the first matching regex or "DEFAULT".

Debug/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-EXTRA_DIST = logtest.cxx
-
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libDebug.a
-
-libDebug_a_SOURCES = \
-	debug_types.h \
-	logstream.cxx logstream.hxx
-
-#	fg_debug.c fg_debug.h \
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)

Debug/fg_debug.c

@@ -1,310 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++ -*-
- *
- * fg_debug.c -- Flight Gear debug utility functions
- *
- * Written by Paul Bleisch, started January 1998. 
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Paul Bleisch, pbleisch@acm.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
- * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- *
- * $Id$
- * (Log is kept at end of this file)
- **************************************************************************/
-
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <Include/cmdargs.h> // Line to command line arguments
-
-#include "fg_debug.h"
-
-
-static int             fg_DebugSem      = 1;
-fgDebugClass           fg_DebugClass    = FG_NONE;  // Need visibility for
-fgDebugPriority        fg_DebugPriority = FG_INFO; // command line processing.
-static fgDebugCallback fg_DebugCallback = NULL;
-
-FILE *fg_DebugOutput = NULL;  // Visibility needed for command line processor.
-                              // This can be set to a FILE from the command
-                              // line. If not, it will be set to stderr.
-
-/* TODO: Actually make this thing thread safe */
-#ifdef USETHREADS
-#define FG_GRABDEBUGSEM  while( --fg_DebugSem < 0 ) { fg_DebugSem++; }
-#define FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM fg_DebugSem++;
-#else
-#define FG_GRABDEBUGSEM
-#define FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM
-#endif
-
-/* Used for convienence initialization from env variables.
- */
-static struct {
-    char *str;
-    fgDebugClass dbg_class;
-} fg_DebugClasses[] = {
-    { "FG_NONE",      0x00000000 },
-    { "FG_TERRAIN",   0x00000001 },
-    { "FG_ASTRO",     0x00000002 },
-    { "FG_FLIGHT",    0x00000004 },
-    { "FG_INPUT",     0x00000008 },
-    { "FG_GL",        0x00000010 },
-    { "FG_VIEW",      0x00000020 },
-    { "FG_COCKPIT",   0x00000040 },
-    { "FG_GENERAL",   0x00000080 },
-    { "FG_MATH",      0x00000100 },
-    { "FG_EVENT",     0x00000200 },
-    { "FG_AIRCRAFT",  0x00000400 },
-    { "FG_AUTOPILOT", 0x00000800 },
-
-    /* Do not edit below here, last entry should be null */
-    { "FG_ALL",       0xFFFFFFFF },
-    { NULL, 0 } 
-};
-
-static fgDebugClass fgDebugStrToClass( char *str );
-
-
-/* fgInitDebug =============================================================*/
-void fgInitDebug( void ) {
-    char *pszClass, *pszPrio, *pszFile;
-
-    // Support for log file/alt debug output via command line, environment or
-    // reasonable default.
-
-    /*
-    if( strlen( logArgbuf ) > 3) {   // First check for command line option
-	// Assumed that we will append.
-	fg_DebugOutput = fopen(logArgbuf, "a+" );
-    }
-    */
-
-    if( !fg_DebugOutput ) {          // If not set on command line, environment?
-	pszFile = getenv( "FG_DEBUGFILE" );
-	if( pszFile ) {          // There is such an environmental variable.
-	    fg_DebugOutput = fopen( pszFile, "a+" );
-	}
-    }
-
-    if( !fg_DebugOutput ) {         // If neither command line nor environment
-	fg_DebugOutput = stderr;      // then we use the fallback position
-    }
-    
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-    fg_DebugSem = fg_DebugSem;  /* shut up GCC */
-
-    // Test command line option overridge of debug priority. If the value
-    // is in range (properly optioned) the we will override both defaults
-    // and the environmental value.
-
-    /*
-    if ((priorityArgValue >= FG_BULK) && (priorityArgValue <= FG_ABORT)) {
-	fg_DebugPriority = priorityArgValue;
-    } else {  // Either not set or out of range. We will not warn the user.
-    */
-	pszPrio = getenv( "FG_DEBUGPRIORITY" );
-	if( pszPrio ) {
-	    fg_DebugPriority = atoi( pszPrio );
-	    fprintf( stderr,
-		     "fg_debug.c: Environment overrides default debug priority (%d)\n",
-		     fg_DebugPriority );
-	}
-    /* } */
-
-
-    /*
-    if ((debugArgValue >= FG_ALL) && (debugArgValue < FG_UNDEFD)) {
-	fg_DebugPriority = priorityArgValue;
-    } else {  // Either not set or out of range. We will not warn the user.
-    */
-	pszClass = getenv( "FG_DEBUGCLASS" );
-	if( pszClass ) {
-	    fg_DebugClass = fgDebugStrToClass( pszClass );
-	    fprintf( stderr,
-		     "fg_debug.c: Environment overrides default debug class (0x%08X)\n",
-		     fg_DebugClass );
-	}
-    /* } */
-
-    FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-}
-
-/* fgDebugStrToClass ======================================================*/
-fgDebugClass fgDebugStrToClass( char *str ) {
-    char *hex = "0123456789ABCDEF";
-    char *hexl = "0123456789abcdef";
-    char *pt, *p, *ph, ps = 1;
-    unsigned int val = 0, i;
-  
-    if( str == NULL ) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for 0xXXXXXX notation */
-    p = strstr( str, "0x");
-    if( p ) {
-	p++; p++;
-	while (*p) {
-	    ph = strchr(hex,*p);
-	    if ( ph ) {
- 		val <<= 4;
-		val += ph-hex;
-		p++;
-	    } else {
-		ph = strchr(hexl,*p);
-		if ( ph ) {
-		    val <<= 4;
-		    val += ph-hex;
-		    p++;
-		} else {
-		    // fprintf( stderr, "Error in hex string '%s'\n", str ); 
-		    return FG_NONE;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	/* Must be in string format */
-	p = str;
-	ps = 1;
-	while( ps ) {
-	    while( *p && (*p==' ' || *p=='\t') ) p++; /* remove whitespace */
-	    pt = p; /* mark token */
-	    while( *p && (*p!='|') ) p++; /* find OR or EOS */
-	    ps = *p; /* save value at p so we can attempt to be bounds safe */
-	    *p++ = 0; /* terminate token */
-	    /* determine value for token */
-	    i=0; 
-	    while( fg_DebugClasses[i].str && 
-		   strncmp( fg_DebugClasses[i].str, pt, 
-			    strlen(fg_DebugClasses[i].str)) ) i++;
-	    if( fg_DebugClasses[i].str == NULL ) {
-		fprintf( stderr,
-			 "fg_debug.c: Could not find message class '%s'\n",
-			 pt ); 
-	    } else {
-		val |= fg_DebugClasses[i].dbg_class;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return (fgDebugClass)val;
-}
-
-
-/* fgSetDebugOutput =======================================================*/
-void fgSetDebugOutput( FILE *out ) {
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-    fflush( fg_DebugOutput );
-    fg_DebugOutput = out;
-    FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-}
-
-
-/* fgSetDebugLevels =======================================================*/
-void fgSetDebugLevels( fgDebugClass dbg_class, fgDebugPriority prio ) {
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-    fg_DebugClass = dbg_class;
-    fg_DebugPriority = prio;
-    FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-}
-
-
-/* fgRegisterDebugCallback ================================================*/
-fgDebugCallback fgRegisterDebugCallback( fgDebugCallback callback ) {
-    fgDebugCallback old;
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-    old = fg_DebugCallback;
-    fg_DebugCallback = callback;
-    FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-    return old;
-}
-
-
-/* fgPrintf ===============================================================*/
-int fgPrintf( fgDebugClass dbg_class, fgDebugPriority prio, char *fmt, ... ) {
-    char szOut[1024+1];
-    va_list ap;
-    int ret = 0;
-
-    // If no action to take, then don't bother with the semaphore
-    // activity Slight speed benefit.
-
-    // printf("dbg_class = %d  fg_DebugClass = %d\n", dbg_class, fg_DebugClass);
-    // printf("prio = %d  fg_DebugPriority = %d\n", prio, fg_DebugPriority);
-
-    if( !(dbg_class & fg_DebugClass) ) {
-	// Failed to match a specific debug class
-	if ( prio < fg_DebugPriority ) {
-	    // priority is less than requested
-
-	    // "ret" is zero anyway. But we might think about changing
-	    // it upon some error condition?
-	    return ret;
-	}
-    }
-
-    FG_GRABDEBUGSEM;
-
-    /* ret = vsprintf( szOut, fmt, (&fmt+1)); (but it didn't work, thus ... */
-    va_start (ap, fmt);
-    ret = vsprintf( szOut, fmt, ap);
-    va_end (ap);
-
-    if( fg_DebugCallback!=NULL && fg_DebugCallback(dbg_class, prio, szOut) ) {
-	FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-	return ret;
-    } else {
-	fprintf( fg_DebugOutput, szOut );
-	FG_RELEASEDEBUGSEM;
-	if( prio == FG_EXIT ) {
-	    exit(0);
-	} else if( prio == FG_ABORT ) {
-	    abort();
-	}
-    }
-    return ret;  
-}
-
-
-/* $Log$
-/* Revision 1.4  1998/06/01 17:49:44  curt
-/* Rewrote a slightly ambiguous code fragment (contributed by Charlie Hotchkiss)
-/*
- * Revision 1.3  1998/05/07 23:03:54  curt
- * Added an entry for AUTOPILOT.
- *
- * Revision 1.2  1998/04/21 17:03:45  curt
- * Prepairing for C++ integration.
- *
- * Revision 1.1  1998/04/18 03:52:04  curt
- * Moved to Lib directory and created a libDebug.
- *
- * Revision 1.10  1998/03/14 00:31:21  curt
- * Beginning initial terrain texturing experiments.
- *
- * Revision 1.9  1998/03/09 22:44:58  curt
- * Modified so that you can specify FG_DEBUGCLASS ***or*** FG_DEBUG_PRIORITY
- *
- * Revision 1.8  1998/03/09 22:11:00  curt
- * Processed through the format-o-matic.
- *
- * Revision 1.7  1998/02/16 13:39:43  curt
- * Miscellaneous weekend tweaks.  Fixed? a cache problem that caused whole
- * tiles to occasionally be missing.
- *
- */

Debug/fg_debug.h

@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-/* -*- Mode: C++ -*-
- *
- * fg_debug.h -- Flight Gear debug utility functions
- *
- * Written by Paul Bleisch, started January 1998. 
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1998 Paul Bleisch, pbleisch@acm.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
- * License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
- * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- *
- * (Log is kept at end of this file)
- **************************************************************************/
-
-#error "use logstream"
-
-#ifndef _FG_DEBUG_H
-#define _FG_DEBUG_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus                                                          
-extern "C" {                            
-#endif                                   
-
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* NB: To add a dbg_class, add it here, and add it to the structure in
-   fg_debug.c */
-typedef enum {
-    FG_NONE      = 0x00000000,
-
-    FG_TERRAIN   = 0x00000001,
-    FG_ASTRO     = 0x00000002,
-    FG_FLIGHT    = 0x00000004,
-    FG_INPUT     = 0x00000008,
-    FG_GL        = 0x00000010,
-    FG_VIEW      = 0x00000020,
-    FG_COCKPIT   = 0x00000040,
-    FG_GENERAL   = 0x00000080,
-    FG_MATH      = 0x00000100,
-    FG_EVENT     = 0x00000200,
-    FG_AIRCRAFT  = 0x00000400,
-    FG_AUTOPILOT = 0x00000800,
-    FG_UNDEFD    = 0x00001000, // For range checking
-
-    FG_ALL     = 0xFFFFFFFF
-} fgDebugClass;
-
-/* NB: To add a priority, add it here. */
-typedef enum  {
-    FG_BULK,	    /* For frequent messages */
-    FG_DEBUG, 	    /* Less frequent debug type messages */
-    FG_INFO,          /* Informatory messages */
-    FG_WARN,	    /* Possible impending problem */
-    FG_ALERT,         /* Very possible impending problem */
-    FG_EXIT,          /* Problem (no core) */
-    FG_ABORT          /* Abandon ship (core) */
-} fgDebugPriority;
-
-
-/* Initialize the debuggin stuff. */
-void fgInitDebug( void );
-
-
-/* fgPrintf
-
-   Expects:
-   class      fgDebugClass mask for this message.
-   prio       fgDebugPriority of this message.
-   fmt        printf like string format
-   ...        var args for fmt
-
-   Returns:
-   number of items in fmt handled.
-
-   This function works like the standard C library function printf() with
-   the addition of message classes and priorities (see fgDebugClasses
-   and fgDebugPriorities).  These additions allow us to classify messages
-   and disable sets of messages at runtime.  Only messages with a prio
-   greater than or equal to fg_DebugPriority and in the current debug class 
-   (fg_DebugClass) are printed.
-*/
-int fgPrintf( fgDebugClass dbg_class, fgDebugPriority prio, char *fmt, ... ); 
-
-
-/* fgSetDebugLevels()
-
-   Expects:
-   dbg_class      Bitmask representing classes to display.
-   prio       Minimum priority of messages to display.
-*/
-void fgSetDebugLevels( fgDebugClass dbg_class, fgDebugPriority prio );
-
-/* fgSetDebugOutput()
-
-   Expects:
-   file       A FILE* to a stream to send messages to.  
-
-   It is assumed the file stream is open and writable.  The system
-   defaults to stderr.  The current stream is flushed but not
-   closed.
-*/
-void fgSetDebugOutput( FILE *out );
-
-
-/* fgRegisterDebugCallback
-
-   Expects:
-   callback   A function that takes parameters as defined by the 
-              fgDebugCallback type.
-
-   Returns:
-   a pointer to the previously registered callback (if any)
-  
-   Install a user defined debug log callback.   This callback is called w
-   whenever fgPrintf is called.  The parameters passed to the callback are
-   defined above by fgDebugCallback.  outstr is the string that is to be
-   printed.  If callback returns nonzero, it is assumed that the message
-   was handled fully by the callback and **fgPrintf need do no further 
-   processing of the message.**  Only one callback may be installed at a 
-   time.
-*/
-
-//typedef int (*fgDebugCallback)(fgDebugClass, fgDebugPriority, char *outstr);
-//fgDebugCallback fgRegisterDebugCallback( fgDebugCallback callback );
-
-typedef int (*fgDebugCallback)( int DebugClass, int DebugPriority, char *outstr);
-fgDebugCallback fgRegisterDebugCallback( fgDebugCallback callback );
-
-
-// Leave these alone. Access intended for fg_debug and command line processing.
-//
-extern fgDebugClass    fg_DebugClass;
-extern fgDebugPriority fg_DebugPriority;
-
-extern FILE *          fg_DebugOutput;
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _FG_DEBUG_H */
-

Lib/Makefile.am

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-if ENABLE_AUDIO_SUPPORT
-AUDIO_DIRS = Audio
-else
-AUDIO_DIRS = 
-endif
-
-if ENABLE_UNIX_SERIAL
-SERIAL_DIRS = Serial
-else
-SERIAL_DIRS =
-endif
-
-SUBDIRS = \
-	$(AUDIO_DIRS) \
-	Bucket \
-	Debug \
-	Math \
-	Misc \
-	PUI \
-	$(SERIAL_DIRS) \
-	XGL\
-	zlib

Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+EXTRA_DIST	= mksymlinks.sh acsite.m4 acconfig.h
+
+SUBDIRS		= simgear
+
+#
+# Rule to build RPM distribution package
+#
+rpm: dist
+	cp $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION).tar.gz /usr/src/packages/SOURCES
+	rpm -ba @PACKAGE@.spec
+
+dist-hook:
+	tar cf - simgear/metar | (cd $(distdir); tar xvf -)
+

Math/MAT3geom.c

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/* #include "HEADERS.h" */
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This file contains routines that perform geometry-related operations
- * on matrices.
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#include <Math/mat3defs.h>
-
-/* --------------------------  Static Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Routines  --------------------------- */
-
-/* --------------------------  Public Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/*
- * This takes a matrix used to transform points, and returns a corresponding
- * matrix that can be used to transform direction vectors (between points).
- */
-
-void
-MAT3direction_matrix(register double (*result_mat)[4], register double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   register int i;
-
-   MAT3copy(result_mat, mat);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) result_mat[i][3] = result_mat[3][i] = 0.0;
-
-   result_mat[3][3] = 1.0;
-}
-
-/*
- * This takes a matrix used to transform points, and returns a corresponding
- * matrix that can be used to transform vectors that must remain perpendicular
- * to planes defined by the points.  It is useful when you are transforming
- * some object that has both points and normals in its definition, and you
- * only have the transformation matrix for the points.	This routine returns
- * FALSE if the normal matrix is uncomputable.	Otherwise, it returns TRUE.
- *
- * Spike sez: "This is the adjoint for the non-homogeneous part of the
- *	       transformation."
- */
-
-int
-MAT3normal_matrix(register double (*result_mat)[4], register double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   register int ret;
-   MAT3mat	tmp_mat;
-
-   MAT3direction_matrix(result_mat, mat);
-
-   if ( (ret = MAT3invert(tmp_mat, tmp_mat)) ) {
-       MAT3transpose(result_mat, tmp_mat);
-   }
-
-   return(ret);
-}
-
-/*
- * Sets the given matrix to be a scale matrix for the given vector of
- * scale values.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3scale(double (*result_mat)[4], double *scale)
-{
-   MAT3identity(result_mat);
-
-   result_mat[0][0] = scale[0];
-   result_mat[1][1] = scale[1];
-   result_mat[2][2] = scale[2];
-}
-
-/*
- * Sets up a matrix for a rotation about an axis given by the line from
- * (0,0,0) to axis, through an angle (in radians).
- * Looking along the axis toward the origin, the rotation is counter-clockwise.
- */
-
-#define SELECT	.7071	/* selection constant (roughly .5*sqrt(2) */
-
-void
-MAT3rotate(double (*result_mat)[4], double *axis, double angle_in_radians)
-{
-   MAT3vec	naxis,	/* Axis of rotation, normalized 		*/
-		base2,	/* 2nd unit basis vec, perp to axis		*/
-		base3;	/* 3rd unit basis vec, perp to axis & base2	*/
-   double	dot;
-   MAT3mat	base_mat,	/* Change-of-basis matrix		*/
-		base_mat_trans; /* Inverse of c-o-b matrix		*/
-   register int i;
-
-   /* Step 1: extend { axis } to a basis for 3-space: { axis, base2, base3 }
-    * which is orthonormal (all three have unit length, and all three are
-    * mutually orthogonal). Also should be oriented, i.e. axis cross base2 =
-    * base3, rather than -base3.
-    *
-    * Method: Find a vector linearly independent from axis. For this we
-    * either use the y-axis, or, if that is too close to axis, the
-    * z-axis. 'Too close' means that the dot product is too near to 1.
-    */
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(naxis, axis);
-   MAT3_NORMALIZE_VEC(naxis, dot);
-
-   if (dot == 0.0) {
-       /* ERR_ERROR(MAT3_errid, ERR_SEVERE,
-		   (ERR_S, "Zero-length axis vector given to MAT3rotate")); */
-      return;
-   }
-
-   MAT3perp_vec(base2, naxis, TRUE);
-   MAT3cross_product(base3, naxis, base2);
-
-   /* Set up the change-of-basis matrix, and its inverse */
-   MAT3identity(base_mat);
-   MAT3identity(base_mat_trans);
-   MAT3identity(result_mat);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++){
-      base_mat_trans[i][0] = base_mat[0][i] = naxis[i];
-      base_mat_trans[i][1] = base_mat[1][i] = base2[i];
-      base_mat_trans[i][2] = base_mat[2][i] = base3[i];
-   }
-
-   /* If T(u) = uR, where R is base_mat, then T(x-axis) = naxis,
-    * T(y-axis) = base2, and T(z-axis) = base3. The inverse of base_mat is
-    * its transpose.  OK?
-    */
-
-   result_mat[1][1] =	result_mat[2][2] = cos(angle_in_radians);
-   result_mat[2][1] = -(result_mat[1][2] = sin(angle_in_radians));
-
-   MAT3mult(result_mat, base_mat_trans, result_mat);
-   MAT3mult(result_mat, result_mat,	base_mat);
-}
-
-/*
- * Sets the given matrix to be a translation matrix for the given vector of
- * translation values.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3translate(double (*result_mat)[4], double *trans)
-{
-   MAT3identity(result_mat);
-
-   result_mat[3][0] = trans[0];
-   result_mat[3][1] = trans[1];
-   result_mat[3][2] = trans[2];
-}
-
-/*
- * Sets the given matrix to be a shear matrix for the given x and y shear
- * values.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3shear(double (*result_mat)[4], double xshear, double yshear)
-{
-   MAT3identity(result_mat);
-
-   result_mat[2][0] = xshear;
-   result_mat[2][1] = yshear;
-}
-

Math/MAT3inv.c

@@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This file contains routines that operate solely on matrices.
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-#include <Math/mat3defs.h>
-
-/* --------------------------  Static Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-#define SMALL 1e-20		/* Small enough to be considered zero */
-
-/*
- * Shuffles rows in inverse of 3x3.  See comment in MAT3_inv3_second_col().
- */
-
-static void
-MAT3_inv3_swap( register double inv[3][3], int row0, int row1, int row2)
-{
-   register int i, tempi;
-   double	temp;
-
-#define SWAP_ROWS(a, b) \
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) SWAP(inv[a][i], inv[b][i], temp); \
-   SWAP(a, b, tempi)
-
-   if (row0 != 0){
-      if (row1 == 0) {
-	 SWAP_ROWS(row0, row1);
-      }
-      else {
-	 SWAP_ROWS(row0, row2);
-      }
-   }
-
-   if (row1 != 1) {
-      SWAP_ROWS(row1, row2);
-   }
-}
-
-/*
- * Does Gaussian elimination on second column.
- */
-
-static int
-MAT3_inv3_second_col (register double source[3][3], register double inv[3][3], int row0)
-{
-   register int row1, row2, i1, i2, i;
-   double	temp;
-   double	a, b;
-
-   /* Find which row to use */
-   if	   (row0 == 0)	i1 = 1, i2 = 2;
-   else if (row0 == 1)	i1 = 0, i2 = 2;
-   else 		i1 = 0, i2 = 1;
-
-   /* Find which is larger in abs. val.:the entry in [i1][1] or [i2][1]	*/
-   /* and use that value for pivoting.					*/
-
-   a = source[i1][1]; if (a < 0) a = -a;
-   b = source[i2][1]; if (b < 0) b = -b;
-   if (a > b) 	row1 = i1;
-   else		row1 = i2;
-   row2 = (row1 == i1 ? i2 : i1);
-
-   /* Scale row1 in source */
-   if ((source[row1][1] < SMALL) && (source[row1][1] > -SMALL)) return(FALSE);
-   temp = 1.0 / source[row1][1];
-   source[row1][1]  = 1.0;
-   source[row1][2] *= temp;	/* source[row1][0] is zero already */
-
-   /* Scale row1 in inv */
-   inv[row1][row1]  = temp;	/* it used to be a 1.0 */
-   inv[row1][row0] *= temp;
-
-   /* Clear column one, source, and make corresponding changes in inv */
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) if (i != row1) {	/* for i = all rows but row1 */
-   temp = -source[i][1];
-      source[i][1]  = 0.0;
-      source[i][2] += temp * source[row1][2];
-
-      inv[i][row1]  = temp * inv[row1][row1];
-      inv[i][row0] += temp * inv[row1][row0];
-   }
-
-   /* Scale row2 in source */
-   if ((source[row2][2] < SMALL) && (source[row2][2] > -SMALL)) return(FALSE);
-   temp = 1.0 / source[row2][2];
-   source[row2][2] = 1.0;	/* source[row2][*] is zero already */
-
-   /* Scale row2 in inv */
-   inv[row2][row2]  = temp;	/* it used to be a 1.0 */
-   inv[row2][row0] *= temp;
-   inv[row2][row1] *= temp;
-
-   /* Clear column one, source, and make corresponding changes in inv */
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) if (i != row2) {	/* for i = all rows but row2 */
-   temp = -source[i][2];
-      source[i][2] = 0.0;
-      inv[i][row0] += temp * inv[row2][row0];
-      inv[i][row1] += temp * inv[row2][row1];
-      inv[i][row2] += temp * inv[row2][row2];
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * Now all is done except that the inverse needs to have its rows shuffled.
-    * row0 needs to be moved to inv[0][*], row1 to inv[1][*], etc.
-    *
-    * We *didn't* do the swapping before the elimination so that we could more
-    * easily keep track of what ops are needed to be done in the inverse.
-    */
-   MAT3_inv3_swap(inv, row0, row1, row2);
-
-   return(TRUE);
-}
-
-/*
- * Fast inversion routine for 3 x 3 matrices.	- Written by jfh.
- *
- * This takes 30 multiplies/divides, as opposed to 39 for Cramer's Rule.
- * The algorithm consists of performing fast gaussian elimination, by never
- * doing any operations where the result is guaranteed to be zero, or where
- * one operand is guaranteed to be zero. This is done at the cost of clarity,
- * alas.
- *
- * Returns 1 if the inverse was successful, 0 if it failed.
- */
-
-static int
-MAT3_invert3 (register double source[3][3], register double inv[3][3])
-{
-   register int i, row0;
-   double	temp;
-   double	a, b, c;
-
-   inv[0][0] = inv[1][1] = inv[2][2] = 1.0;
-   inv[0][1] = inv[0][2] = inv[1][0] = inv[1][2] = inv[2][0] = inv[2][1] = 0.0;
-
-   /* attempt to find the largest entry in first column to use as pivot */
-   a = source[0][0]; if (a < 0) a = -a;
-   b = source[1][0]; if (b < 0) b = -b;
-   c = source[2][0]; if (c < 0) c = -c;
-
-   if (a > b) {
-      if (a > c) row0 = 0;
-      else row0 = 2;
-   }
-   else { 
-      if (b > c) row0 = 1;
-      else row0 = 2;
-   }
-
-   /* Scale row0 of source */
-   if ((source[row0][0] < SMALL) && (source[row0][0] > -SMALL)) return(FALSE);
-   temp = 1.0 / source[row0][0];
-   source[row0][0]  = 1.0;
-   source[row0][1] *= temp;
-   source[row0][2] *= temp;
-
-   /* Scale row0 of inverse */
-   inv[row0][row0] = temp;	/* other entries are zero -- no effort	*/
-
-   /* Clear column zero of source, and make corresponding changes in inverse */
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) if (i != row0) {	/* for i = all rows but row0 */
-      temp = -source[i][0];
-      source[i][0]  = 0.0;
-      source[i][1] += temp * source[row0][1];
-      source[i][2] += temp * source[row0][2];
-      inv[i][row0]  = temp * inv[row0][row0];
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * We've now done gaussian elimination so that the source and
-    * inverse look like this:
-    *
-    *	1 * *		* 0 0
-    *	0 * *		* 1 0
-    *	0 * *		* 0 1
-    *
-    * We now proceed to do elimination on the second column.
-    */
-   if (! MAT3_inv3_second_col(source, inv, row0)) return(FALSE);
-
-   return(TRUE);
-}
-
-/*
- * Finds a new pivot for a non-simple 4x4.  See comments in MAT3invert().
- */
-
-static int
-MAT3_inv4_pivot (register MAT3mat src, MAT3vec r, double *s, int *swap)
-{
-   register int i, j;
-   double	temp, max;
-
-   *swap = -1;
-
-   if (MAT3_IS_ZERO(src[3][3])) {
-
-      /* Look for a different pivot element: one with largest abs value */
-      max = 0.0;
-
-      for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
-	 if	 (src[i][3] >  max) max =  src[*swap = i][3];
-	 else if (src[i][3] < -max) max = -src[*swap = i][3];
-      }
-
-      /* No pivot element available ! */
-      if (*swap < 0) return(FALSE);
-
-      else for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) SWAP(src[*swap][j], src[3][j], temp);
-   }
-
-   MAT3_SET_VEC (r, -src[0][3], -src[1][3], -src[2][3]);
-
-   *s = 1.0 / src[3][3];
-
-   src[0][3] = src[1][3] = src[2][3] = 0.0;
-   src[3][3]			     = 1.0;
-
-   MAT3_SCALE_VEC(src[3], src[3], *s);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
-      src[0][i] += r[0] * src[3][i];
-      src[1][i] += r[1] * src[3][i];
-      src[2][i] += r[2] * src[3][i];
-   }
-
-   return(TRUE);
-}
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Routines  --------------------------- */
-
-/* --------------------------  Public Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/*
- * This returns the inverse of the given matrix.  The result matrix
- * may be the same as the one to invert.
- *
- * Fast inversion routine for 4 x 4 matrices, written by jfh.
- *
- * Returns 1 if the inverse was successful, 0 if it failed.
- *
- * This routine has been specially tweaked to notice the following:
- * If the matrix has the form
- *	  * * * 0
- *	  * * * 0
- *	  * * * 0
- *	  * * * 1
- *
- * (as do many matrices in graphics), then we compute the inverse of
- * the upper left 3x3 matrix and use this to find the general inverse.
- *
- *   In the event that the right column is not 0-0-0-1, we do gaussian
- * elimination to make it so, then use the 3x3 inverse, and then do
- * our gaussian elimination.
- */
-
-int
-MAT3invert(double (*result_mat)[4], double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   MAT3mat		src, inv;
-   register int 	i, j, simple;
-   double		m[3][3], inv3[3][3], s, temp;
-   MAT3vec		r, t;
-   int			swap;
-
-   MAT3copy(src, mat);
-   MAT3identity(inv);
-
-   /* If last column is not (0,0,0,1), use special code */
-   simple = (mat[0][3] == 0.0 && mat[1][3] == 0.0 &&
-	     mat[2][3] == 0.0 && mat[3][3] == 1.0);
-
-   if (! simple && ! MAT3_inv4_pivot(src, r, &s, &swap)) return(FALSE);
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(t, src[3]);	/* Translation vector */
-
-   /* Copy upper-left 3x3 matrix */
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) m[i][j] = src[i][j];
-
-   if (! MAT3_invert3(m, inv3)) return(FALSE);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) inv[i][j] = inv3[i][j];
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) for (j = 0; j < 3; j++)
-      inv[3][i] -= t[j] * inv3[j][i];
-
-   if (! simple) {
-
-      /* We still have to undo our gaussian elimination from earlier on */
-      /* add r0 * first col to last col */
-      /* add r1 * 2nd	col to last col */
-      /* add r2 * 3rd	col to last col */
-
-      for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
-	 inv[i][3] += r[0] * inv[i][0] + r[1] * inv[i][1] + r[2] * inv[i][2];
-	 inv[i][3] *= s;
-      }
-
-      if (swap >= 0)
-	 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) SWAP(inv[i][swap], inv[i][3], temp);
-   }
-
-   MAT3copy(result_mat, inv);
-
-   return(TRUE);
-}

Math/MAT3mat.c

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-/* #include "HEADERS.h" */
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This file contains routines that operate solely on matrices.
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-#  ifndef HAVE_STL_SGI_PORT
-#    include <memory.h>      /* required for memset() and memcpy() */
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <Math/mat3defs.h>
-
-MAT3mat identityMatrix = {
-    { 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 },
-    { 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0 },
-    { 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0 },
-    { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 }
-};
-
-/* #include "macros.h" */
-
-/* --------------------------  Static Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Routines  --------------------------- */
-
-/* --------------------------  Public Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-
-#if !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * This multiplies two matrices, producing a third, which may the same as
- * either of the first two.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3mult (double (*result_mat)[4], register double (*mat1)[4], register double (*mat2)[4])
-{
-   register int i, j;
-   MAT3mat	tmp_mat;
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
-      for (j = 0; j < 4; j++)
-         tmp_mat[i][j] = (mat1[i][0] * mat2[0][j] +
-		       mat1[i][1] * mat2[1][j] +
-		       mat1[i][2] * mat2[2][j] +
-		       mat1[i][3] * mat2[3][j]);
-   MAT3copy (result_mat, tmp_mat);
-}
-#endif // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * This returns the transpose of a matrix.  The result matrix may be
- * the same as the one to transpose.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3transpose (double (*result_mat)[4], register double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   register int i, j;
-   MAT3mat	tmp_mat;
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) 
-      for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) 
-         tmp_mat[i][j] = mat[j][i];
-
-   MAT3copy (result_mat, tmp_mat);
-}
-
-
-/*
- * This prints the given matrix to the given file pointer.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3print(double (*mat)[4], FILE *fp)
-{
-   MAT3print_formatted(mat, fp, CNULL, CNULL, CNULL, CNULL);
-}
-
-/*
- * This prints the given matrix to the given file pointer.
- * use the format string to pass to fprintf.  head and tail
- * are printed at the beginning and end of each line.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3print_formatted(double (*mat)[4], FILE *fp, char *title, char *head, char *format, char *tail)
-{
-   register int i, j;
-
-   /* This is to allow this to be called easily from a debugger */
-   if (fp == NULL) fp = stderr;
-
-   if (title  == NULL)	title  = "MAT3 matrix:\n";
-   if (head   == NULL)	head   = "  ";
-   if (format == NULL)	format = "%#8.4lf  ";
-   if (tail   == NULL)	tail   = "\n";
-
-   (void) fprintf(fp, title);
-
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
-      (void) fprintf(fp, head);
-      for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) (void) fprintf(fp, format, mat[i][j]);
-      (void) fprintf(fp, tail);
-   }
-}

Math/MAT3vec.c

@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * This file contains routines that operate on matrices and vectors, or
- * vectors and vectors.
- * -------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/* #include "sphigslocal.h" */
-
-/* --------------------------  Static Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Routines  --------------------------- */
-
-/* --------------------------  Public Routines	---------------------------- */
-
-/*
- * Multiplies a vector by a matrix, setting the result vector.
- * It assumes all homogeneous coordinates are 1.
- * The two vectors involved may be the same.
- */
-
-#include <Math/mat3.h>
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-#  define TRUE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
-#  define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-#if !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-void
-MAT3mult_vec(double *result_vec, register double *vec, register double (*mat)[4])
-{
-   MAT3vec		tempvec;
-   register double	*temp = tempvec;
-
-   temp[0] =	vec[0] * mat[0][0] + vec[1] * mat[1][0] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][0] +	      mat[3][0];
-   temp[1] =	vec[0] * mat[0][1] + vec[1] * mat[1][1] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][1] +	      mat[3][1];
-   temp[2] =	vec[0] * mat[0][2] + vec[1] * mat[1][2] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][2] +	      mat[3][2];
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(result_vec, temp);
-}
-#endif // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * Multiplies a vector of size 4 by a matrix, setting the result vector.
- * The fourth element of the vector is the homogeneous coordinate, which
- * may or may not be 1.  If the "normalize" parameter is TRUE, then the
- * result vector will be normalized so that the homogeneous coordinate is 1.
- * The two vectors involved may be the same.
- * This returns zero if the vector was to be normalized, but couldn't be.
- */
-
-int
-MAT3mult_hvec(double *result_vec, register double *vec, register double (*mat)[4], int normalize)
-{
-   MAT3hvec             tempvec;
-   double		norm_fac;
-   register double	*temp = tempvec;
-   register int 	ret = TRUE;
-
-   temp[0] =	vec[0] * mat[0][0] + vec[1] * mat[1][0] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][0] + vec[3] * mat[3][0];
-   temp[1] =	vec[0] * mat[0][1] + vec[1] * mat[1][1] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][1] + vec[3] * mat[3][1];
-   temp[2] =	vec[0] * mat[0][2] + vec[1] * mat[1][2] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][2] + vec[3] * mat[3][2];
-   temp[3] =	vec[0] * mat[0][3] + vec[1] * mat[1][3] +
-		vec[2] * mat[2][3] + vec[3] * mat[3][3];
-
-   /* Normalize if asked for, possible, and necessary */
-   if (normalize) {
-      if (MAT3_IS_ZERO(temp[3])) {
-#ifndef THINK_C
-	 fprintf (stderr,
-		  "Can't normalize vector: homogeneous coordinate is 0");
-#endif
-	 ret = FALSE;
-      }
-      else {
-	 norm_fac = 1.0 / temp[3];
-	 MAT3_SCALE_VEC(result_vec, temp, norm_fac);
-	 result_vec[3] = 1.0;
-      }
-   }
-   else MAT3_COPY_HVEC(result_vec, temp);
-
-   return(ret);
-}
-
-#if !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * Sets the first vector to be the cross-product of the last two vectors.
- */
-
-void
-MAT3cross_product(double *result_vec, register double *vec1, register double *vec2)
-{
-   MAT3vec		tempvec;
-   register double	*temp = tempvec;
-
-   temp[0] = vec1[1] * vec2[2] - vec1[2] * vec2[1];
-   temp[1] = vec1[2] * vec2[0] - vec1[0] * vec2[2];
-   temp[2] = vec1[0] * vec2[1] - vec1[1] * vec2[0];
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(result_vec, temp);
-}
-#endif // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/*
- * Finds a vector perpendicular to vec and stores it in result_vec.
- * Method:  take any vector (we use <0,1,0>) and subtract the
- * portion of it pointing in the vec direction.  This doesn't
- * work if vec IS <0,1,0> or is very near it.  So if this is
- * the case, use <0,0,1> instead.
- * If "is_unit" is TRUE, the given vector is assumed to be unit length.
- */
-
-#define SELECT	.7071	/* selection constant (roughly .5*sqrt(2) */
-
-void
-MAT3perp_vec(double *result_vec, double *vec, int is_unit)
-{
-   MAT3vec	norm;
-   double	dot;
-
-   MAT3_SET_VEC(result_vec, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0);
-
-   MAT3_COPY_VEC(norm, vec);
-
-   if (! is_unit) MAT3_NORMALIZE_VEC(norm, dot);
-
-   /* See if vector is too close to <0,1,0>.  If so, use <0,0,1> */
-   if ((dot = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(norm, result_vec)) > SELECT || dot < -SELECT) {
-      result_vec[1] = 0.0;
-      result_vec[2] = 1.0;
-      dot = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(norm, result_vec);
-   }
-
-   /* Subtract off non-perpendicular part */
-   result_vec[0] -= dot * norm[0];
-   result_vec[1] -= dot * norm[1];
-   result_vec[2] -= dot * norm[2];
-
-   /* Make result unit length */
-   MAT3_NORMALIZE_VEC(result_vec, dot);
-}

Math/Makefile.am

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libMath.a
-
-libMath_a_SOURCES = \
-	MAT3geom.c \
-	MAT3inv.c \
-	MAT3mat.c \
-	MAT3vec.c \
-	fg_geodesy.cxx fg_geodesy.hxx \
-	fg_random.c fg_random.h \
-	interpolater.cxx interpolater.hxx \
-	leastsqs.cxx leastsqs.hxx \
-	mat3.h mat3defs.h mat3err.h \
-	point3d.hxx \
-	polar3d.cxx polar3d.hxx \
-	vector.cxx vector.hxx
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_builddir)/Lib -I$(top_builddir)/Simulator

Math/fg_geodesy.cxx

@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-// fg_geodesy.cxx -- routines to convert between geodetic and geocentric 
-//                   coordinate systems.
-//
-// Copied and adapted directly from LaRCsim/ls_geodesy.c
-//
-// See below for the complete original LaRCsim comments.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-#include "Include/compiler.h"
-#ifdef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
-# include <cmath>
-# include <cerrno>
-#else
-# include <math.h>
-# include <errno.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <Include/fg_constants.h>
-#include <Math/fg_geodesy.hxx>
-#include <Math/point3d.hxx>
-
-#ifndef FG_HAVE_NATIVE_SGI_COMPILERS
-FG_USING_STD(cout);
-#endif
-
-// ONE_SECOND is pi/180/60/60, or about 100 feet at earths' equator
-#define ONE_SECOND 4.848136811E-6
-
-
-// fgGeocToGeod(lat_geoc, radius, *lat_geod, *alt, *sea_level_r)
-//     INPUTS:	
-//         lat_geoc	Geocentric latitude, radians, + = North
-//         radius	C.G. radius to earth center (meters)
-//
-//     OUTPUTS:
-//         lat_geod	Geodetic latitude, radians, + = North
-//         alt		C.G. altitude above mean sea level (meters)
-//         sea_level_r	radius from earth center to sea level at
-//                      local vertical (surface normal) of C.G. (meters)
-
-
-void fgGeocToGeod( double lat_geoc, double radius, double
-		   *lat_geod, double *alt, double *sea_level_r )
-{
-    double t_lat, x_alpha, mu_alpha, delt_mu, r_alpha, l_point, rho_alpha;
-    double sin_mu_a, denom,delt_lambda, lambda_sl, sin_lambda_sl;
-
-    if( ( (FG_PI_2 - lat_geoc) < ONE_SECOND )        // near North pole
-	|| ( (FG_PI_2 + lat_geoc) < ONE_SECOND ) )   // near South pole
-    {
-	*lat_geod = lat_geoc;
-	*sea_level_r = EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_M*E;
-	*alt = radius - *sea_level_r;
-    } else {
-	t_lat = tan(lat_geoc);
-	x_alpha = E*EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_M/sqrt(t_lat*t_lat + E*E);
-	double tmp = RESQ_M - x_alpha * x_alpha;
-	if ( tmp < 0.0 ) { tmp = 0.0; }
-	mu_alpha = atan2(sqrt(tmp),E*x_alpha);
-	if (lat_geoc < 0) mu_alpha = - mu_alpha;
-	sin_mu_a = sin(mu_alpha);
-	delt_lambda = mu_alpha - lat_geoc;
-	r_alpha = x_alpha/cos(lat_geoc);
-	l_point = radius - r_alpha;
-	*alt = l_point*cos(delt_lambda);
-
-	// check for domain error
-	if ( errno == EDOM ) {
-	    cout << "Domain ERROR in fgGeocToGeod!!!!\n";
-	    *alt = 0.0;
-	}
-
-	denom = sqrt(1-EPS*EPS*sin_mu_a*sin_mu_a);
-	rho_alpha = EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_M*(1-EPS)/
-	    (denom*denom*denom);
-	delt_mu = atan2(l_point*sin(delt_lambda),rho_alpha + *alt);
-	*lat_geod = mu_alpha - delt_mu;
-	lambda_sl = atan( E*E * tan(*lat_geod) ); // SL geoc. latitude
-	sin_lambda_sl = sin( lambda_sl );
-	*sea_level_r = 
-	    sqrt(RESQ_M / (1 + ((1/(E*E))-1)*sin_lambda_sl*sin_lambda_sl));
-
-	// check for domain error
-	if ( errno == EDOM ) {
-	    cout << "Domain ERROR in fgGeocToGeod!!!!\n";
-	    *sea_level_r = 0.0;
-	}
-    }
-
-}
-
-
-// fgGeodToGeoc( lat_geod, alt, *sl_radius, *lat_geoc )
-//     INPUTS:	
-//         lat_geod	Geodetic latitude, radians, + = North
-//         alt		C.G. altitude above mean sea level (meters)
-//
-//     OUTPUTS:
-//         sl_radius	SEA LEVEL radius to earth center (meters)
-//                      (add Altitude to get true distance from earth center.
-//         lat_geoc	Geocentric latitude, radians, + = North
-//
-
-
-void fgGeodToGeoc( double lat_geod, double alt, double *sl_radius,
-		      double *lat_geoc )
-{
-    double lambda_sl, sin_lambda_sl, cos_lambda_sl, sin_mu, cos_mu, px, py;
-    
-    lambda_sl = atan( E*E * tan(lat_geod) ); // sea level geocentric latitude
-    sin_lambda_sl = sin( lambda_sl );
-    cos_lambda_sl = cos( lambda_sl );
-    sin_mu = sin(lat_geod);                  // Geodetic (map makers') latitude
-    cos_mu = cos(lat_geod);
-    *sl_radius = 
-	sqrt(RESQ_M / (1 + ((1/(E*E))-1)*sin_lambda_sl*sin_lambda_sl));
-    py = *sl_radius*sin_lambda_sl + alt*sin_mu;
-    px = *sl_radius*cos_lambda_sl + alt*cos_mu;
-    *lat_geoc = atan2( py, px );
-}
-
-
-/***************************************************************************
-
-	TITLE:	ls_geodesy
-	
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	FUNCTION:	Converts geocentric coordinates to geodetic positions
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	MODULE STATUS:	developmental
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	GENEALOGY:	Written as part of LaRCSim project by E. B. Jackson
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	DESIGNED BY:	E. B. Jackson
-	
-	CODED BY:	E. B. Jackson
-	
-	MAINTAINED BY:	E. B. Jackson
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	MODIFICATION HISTORY:
-	
-	DATE	PURPOSE						BY
-	
-	930208	Modified to avoid singularity near polar region.	EBJ
-	930602	Moved backwards calcs here from ls_step.		EBJ
-	931214	Changed erroneous Latitude and Altitude variables to 
-		*lat_geod and *alt in routine ls_geoc_to_geod.		EBJ
-	940111	Changed header files from old ls_eom.h style to ls_types, 
-		and ls_constants.  Also replaced old DATA type with new
-		SCALAR type.						EBJ
-
-	CURRENT RCS HEADER:
-
-$Header$
-$Log$
-Revision 1.6  1999/03/02 01:01:49  curt
-Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-
-Revision 1.5  1999/01/27 04:46:14  curt
-Portability tweaks by Bernie Bright.
-
-Revision 1.4  1998/11/20 01:00:36  curt
-Patch in fgGeoc2Geod() to avoid a floating explosion.
-point3d.hxx include math.h for FreeBSD
-
-Revision 1.3  1998/11/11 00:18:36  curt
-Check for domain error in fgGeoctoGeod()
-
-Revision 1.2  1998/10/16 23:36:36  curt
-c++-ifying.
-
-Revision 1.1  1998/10/16 19:30:40  curt
-Renamed .c -> .h so we can start adding c++ supporting routines.
-
-Revision 1.6  1998/07/08 14:40:07  curt
-polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-  meters.
-
-Revision 1.5  1998/04/25 22:06:23  curt
-Edited cvs log messages in source files ... bad bad bad!
-
-Revision 1.4  1998/01/27 00:47:59  curt
-Incorporated Paul Bleisch's <pbleisch@acm.org> new debug message
-system and commandline/config file processing code.
-
-Revision 1.3  1998/01/19 19:27:12  curt
-Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-This should simplify things tremendously.
-
-Revision 1.2  1997/12/15 23:54:54  curt
-Add xgl wrappers for debugging.
-Generate terrain normals on the fly.
-
-Revision 1.1  1997/07/31 23:13:14  curt
-Initial revision.
-
-Revision 1.1  1997/05/29 00:09:56  curt
-Initial Flight Gear revision.
-
- * Revision 1.5  1994/01/11  18:47:05  bjax
- * Changed include files to use types and constants, not ls_eom.h
- * Also changed DATA type to SCALAR type.
- *
- * Revision 1.4  1993/12/14  21:06:47  bjax
- * Removed global variable references Altitude and Latitude.   EBJ
- *
- * Revision 1.3  1993/06/02  15:03:40  bjax
- * Made new subroutine for calculating geodetic to geocentric; changed name
- * of forward conversion routine from ls_geodesy to ls_geoc_to_geod.
- *
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	REFERENCES:
-
-		[ 1]	Stevens, Brian L.; and Lewis, Frank L.: "Aircraft 
-			Control and Simulation", Wiley and Sons, 1992.
-			ISBN 0-471-61397-5		      
-
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	CALLED BY:	ls_aux
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	CALLS TO:
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	INPUTS:	
-		lat_geoc	Geocentric latitude, radians, + = North
-		radius		C.G. radius to earth center, ft
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-	OUTPUTS:
-		lat_geod	Geodetic latitude, radians, + = North
-		alt		C.G. altitude above mean sea level, ft
-		sea_level_r	radius from earth center to sea level at
-				local vertical (surface normal) of C.G.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.6  1999/03/02 01:01:49  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1999/01/27 04:46:14  curt
-// Portability tweaks by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/11/20 01:00:36  curt
-// Patch in fgGeoc2Geod() to avoid a floating explosion.
-// point3d.hxx include math.h for FreeBSD
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/11/11 00:18:36  curt
-// Check for domain error in fgGeoctoGeod()
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/10/16 23:36:36  curt
-// c++-ifying.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/10/16 19:30:40  curt
-// Renamed .c -> .h so we can start adding c++ supporting routines.
-//
-// Revision 1.6  1998/07/08 14:40:07  curt
-// polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-// Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-//   meters.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/04/25 22:06:23  curt
-// Edited cvs log messages in source files ... bad bad bad!
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/01/27 00:47:59  curt
-// Incorporated Paul Bleisch's <pbleisch@acm.org> new debug message
-// system and commandline/config file processing code.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/01/19 19:27:12  curt
-// Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-// This should simplify things tremendously.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1997/12/15 23:54:54  curt
-// Add xgl wrappers for debugging.
-// Generate terrain normals on the fly.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/07/31 23:13:14  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//
-

Math/mat3.h

@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
-		       Public MAT3 include file
-   ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifndef MAT3_HAS_BEEN_INCLUDED
-#define MAT3_HAS_BEEN_INCLUDED
-
-/* -----------------------------  Constants  ------------------------------ */
-
-/*
- * Make sure the math library .h file is included, in case it wasn't.
- */
-
-#ifndef HUGE
-#include <math.h>
-#endif
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include "Include/fg_memory.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus                                                          
-extern "C" {                            
-#endif                                   
-
-
-#define MAT3_DET0	-1			/* Indicates singular mat */
-#define MAT3_EPSILON	1e-12			/* Close enough to zero   */
-
-#ifdef M_PI
-#  define  MAT3_PI    M_PI
-#else
-#  define  MAT3_PI    3.14159265358979323846
-#endif
-
-#define USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES
-
-/* ------------------------------  Types  --------------------------------- */
-
-typedef double MAT3mat[4][4];		/* 4x4 matrix			 */
-typedef double MAT3vec[3];		/* Vector			 */
-typedef double MAT3hvec[4];             /* Vector with homogeneous coord */
-
-/* ------------------------------  Macros  -------------------------------- */
-
-extern MAT3mat identityMatrix;
-
-/* Tests if a number is within EPSILON of zero */
-#define MAT3_IS_ZERO(N) 	((N) < MAT3_EPSILON && (N) > -MAT3_EPSILON)
-
-/* Sets a vector to the three given values */
-#define MAT3_SET_VEC(V,X,Y,Z)	((V)[0]=(X), (V)[1]=(Y), (V)[2]=(Z))
-
-/* Tests a vector for all components close to zero */
-#define MAT3_IS_ZERO_VEC(V)	(MAT3_IS_ZERO((V)[0]) && \
-				 MAT3_IS_ZERO((V)[1]) && \
-				 MAT3_IS_ZERO((V)[2]))
-
-/* Dot product of two vectors */
-#define MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(V1,V2) \
-			((V1)[0]*(V2)[0] + (V1)[1]*(V2)[1] + (V1)[2]*(V2)[2])
-
-/* Copy one vector to other */
-#define MAT3_COPY_VEC(TO,FROM)	((TO)[0] = (FROM)[0], \
-				 (TO)[1] = (FROM)[1], \
-				 (TO)[2] = (FROM)[2])
-
-/* Normalize vector to unit length, using TEMP as temporary variable.
- * TEMP will be zero if vector has zero length */
-#define MAT3_NORMALIZE_VEC(V,TEMP) \
-	if ((TEMP = sqrt(MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(V,V))) > MAT3_EPSILON) { \
-	   TEMP = 1.0 / TEMP; \
-	   MAT3_SCALE_VEC(V,V,TEMP); \
-	} else TEMP = 0.0
-
-/* Scale vector by given factor, storing result vector in RESULT_V */
-#define MAT3_SCALE_VEC(RESULT_V,V,SCALE) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V, (V)[0]*(SCALE), (V)[1]*(SCALE), (V)[2]*(SCALE))
-
-/* Adds vectors V1 and V2, storing result in RESULT_V */
-#define MAT3_ADD_VEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]+(V2)[0], (V1)[1]+(V2)[1], \
-			       (V1)[2]+(V2)[2])
-
-/* Subtracts vector V2 from V1, storing result in RESULT_V */
-#define MAT3_SUB_VEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]-(V2)[0], (V1)[1]-(V2)[1], \
-			       (V1)[2]-(V2)[2])
-
-/* Multiplies vectors V1 and V2, storing result in RESULT_V */
-#define MAT3_MULT_VEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]*(V2)[0], (V1)[1]*(V2)[1], \
-			       (V1)[2]*(V2)[2])
-
-/* Sets RESULT_V to the linear combination of V1 and V2, scaled by
- * SCALE1 and SCALE2, respectively */
-#define MAT3_LINEAR_COMB(RESULT_V,SCALE1,V1,SCALE2,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_VEC(RESULT_V,	(SCALE1)*(V1)[0] + (SCALE2)*(V2)[0], \
-				(SCALE1)*(V1)[1] + (SCALE2)*(V2)[1], \
-				(SCALE1)*(V1)[2] + (SCALE2)*(V2)[2])
-
-/* Several of the vector macros are useful for homogeneous-coord vectors */
-#define MAT3_SET_HVEC(V,X,Y,Z,W) ((V)[0]=(X), (V)[1]=(Y), \
-				  (V)[2]=(Z), (V)[3]=(W))
-
-#define MAT3_COPY_HVEC(TO,FROM) ((TO)[0] = (FROM)[0], \
-				 (TO)[1] = (FROM)[1], \
-				 (TO)[2] = (FROM)[2], \
-				 (TO)[3] = (FROM)[3])
-
-#define MAT3_SCALE_HVEC(RESULT_V,V,SCALE) \
-	MAT3_SET_HVEC(RESULT_V, (V)[0]*(SCALE), (V)[1]*(SCALE), \
-				(V)[2]*(SCALE), (V)[3]*(SCALE))
-
-#define MAT3_ADD_HVEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_HVEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]+(V2)[0], (V1)[1]+(V2)[1], \
-				(V1)[2]+(V2)[2], (V1)[3]+(V2)[3])
-
-#define MAT3_SUB_HVEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_HVEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]-(V2)[0], (V1)[1]-(V2)[1], \
-				(V1)[2]-(V2)[2], (V1)[3]-(V2)[3])
-
-#define MAT3_MULT_HVEC(RESULT_V,V1,V2) \
-	MAT3_SET_HVEC(RESULT_V, (V1)[0]*(V2)[0], (V1)[1]*(V2)[1], \
-				(V1)[2]*(V2)[2], (V1)[3]*(V2)[3])
-
-/* ------------------------------  Entries  ------------------------------- */
-
-
-#define MAT3identity(mat)    fgmemcpy( mat, identityMatrix, sizeof(MAT3mat) )
-#define MAT3zero(mat)        fgmemzero( mat, sizeof(MAT3mat) )
-#define MAT3copy(to, from)   fgmemcpy( to, from, sizeof(MAT3mat) )
-
-#if defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-#  define MAT3mult_vec( result_vec, vec, mat) { \
-   MAT3vec tempvec; \
-   tempvec[0]=vec[0]*mat[0][0]+vec[1]*mat[1][0]+vec[2]*mat[2][0]+mat[3][0]; \
-   tempvec[1]=vec[0]*mat[0][1]+vec[1]*mat[1][1]+vec[2]*mat[2][1]+mat[3][1]; \
-   tempvec[2]=vec[0]*mat[0][2]+vec[1]*mat[1][2]+vec[2]*mat[2][2]+mat[3][2]; \
-   result_vec[0] = tempvec[0]; \
-   result_vec[1] = tempvec[1]; \
-   result_vec[2] = tempvec[2]; \
-}
-
-#  define MAT3cross_product(result_vec, vec1, vec2)  { \
-   MAT3vec tempvec; \
-   tempvec[0] = vec1[1] * vec2[2] - vec1[2] * vec2[1]; \
-   tempvec[1] = vec1[2] * vec2[0] - vec1[0] * vec2[2]; \
-   tempvec[2] = vec1[0] * vec2[1] - vec1[1] * vec2[0]; \
-   result_vec[0] = tempvec[0]; \
-   result_vec[1] = tempvec[1]; \
-   result_vec[2] = tempvec[2]; \
-} 
-
-#  define MAT3mult( result_mat,  mat1,  mat2) { \
-   register int i, j; \
-   MAT3mat	tmp_mat; \
-   for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) \
-      for (j = 0; j < 4; j++) \
-         tmp_mat[i][j] = (mat1[i][0] * mat2[0][j] + \
-			  mat1[i][1] * mat2[1][j] + \
-			  mat1[i][2] * mat2[2][j] + \
-			  mat1[i][3] * mat2[3][j]); \
-   fgmemcpy(result_mat, tmp_mat, sizeof(MAT3mat)); \
-}
-
-#else // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/* In MAT3mat.c */
-void	MAT3mult(MAT3mat result, MAT3mat, MAT3mat);
-void	MAT3mult_vec(MAT3vec result_vec, MAT3vec vec, MAT3mat mat);
-void	MAT3cross_product(MAT3vec result,MAT3vec,MAT3vec);
-
-#endif // defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-/* In MAT3geom.c */
-void	MAT3direction_matrix (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3mat mat);
-int     MAT3normal_matrix (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3mat mat);
-void	MAT3rotate (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3vec axis, double angle_in_radians);
-void	MAT3translate (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3vec trans);
-void	MAT3scale (MAT3mat result_mat, MAT3vec scale);
-void	MAT3shear(MAT3mat result_mat, double xshear, double yshear);
-
-void	MAT3transpose (MAT3mat result, MAT3mat);
-int	MAT3invert (MAT3mat result, MAT3mat);
-void	MAT3print (MAT3mat, FILE *fp);
-void	MAT3print_formatted (MAT3mat, FILE *fp, 
-			     char *title, char *head, char *format, char *tail);
-int	MAT3equal( void );
-double  MAT3trace( void );
-int	MAT3power( void );
-int	MAT3column_reduce( void );
-int	MAT3kernel_basis( void );
-
-/* In MAT3vec.c */
-int	MAT3mult_hvec (MAT3hvec result_vec, MAT3hvec vec, MAT3mat mat, int normalize);
-void	MAT3perp_vec(MAT3vec result_vec, MAT3vec vec, int is_unit);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* MAT3_HAS_BEEN_INCLUDED */
-

Math/mat3defs.h

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 1988, Brown Computer Graphics Group.  All Rights Reserved. */
-
-
-#ifndef _MAT3DEFS_H
-#define _MAT3DEFS_H
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus                                                          
-extern "C" {                            
-#endif                                   
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-/* #include <Math/mat3err.h> */
-#include <Math/mat3.h>
-
-/* -----------------------------  Constants  ------------------------------ */
-
-#define FALSE		0
-#define TRUE		1
-
-#define CNULL ((char *) NULL)
-
-/* ------------------------------  Macros  -------------------------------- */
-
-#define ALLOCN(P,T,N,M) \
-   if ((P = (T *) malloc((unsigned) (N) * sizeof(T))) == NULL) \
-      ERR_ERROR(MAT3_errid, ERR_FATAL, (ERR_ALLOC1, M)); \
-   else
-
-#define FREE(P)    free((char *) (P))
-
-#define ABS(A)		((A) > 0   ? (A) : -(A))
-#define MIN(A,B)	((A) < (B) ? (A) :  (B))
-#define MAX(A,B)	((A) > (B) ? (A) :  (B))
-
-#define SWAP(A,B,T)	(T = A, A = B, B = T)
-
-/* Is N within EPS of zero ? */
-#define IS_ZERO(N,EPS)	((N) < EPS && (N) > -EPS)
-
-/* Macros for lu routines */
-#define LU_PERMUTE(p,i,j)  { int LU_T; LU_T = p[i]; p[i] = p[j]; p[j] = LU_T; }
-
-/* -------------------------  Internal Entries ---------------------------- */
-
-/* -------------------------  Global Variables ---------------------------- */
-
-/* extern ERRid	*MAT3_errid; */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _MAT3DEFS_H */

Math/mat3err.h

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _MAT3ERR_H
-#define _MAT3ERR_H
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus                                                          
-extern "C" {                            
-#endif                                   
-
-
-#include "sph_errtypes.h"
-
-#ifdef THINK_C
-/* We hide this from gnu's compiler, which doesn't understand it. */
-void SPH__error (int errtype, ...);
-#endif
-
-
-#define ERR_ERROR(A,B,C)   \
-   if (1) {char cstr[256]; sprintf C; SPH__error(ERR_MAT3_PACKAGE, cstr); } else
-
-
-#define ERR_S  cstr,"%s\n"
-#define ERR_SI cstr,"%s: %d\n"
-#define ERR_SS cstr,"%s: %s\n"
-
-#define ERR_SEVERE 0
-#define ERR_FATAL  0
-
-#define ERR_ALLOC1 0
-
-typedef int ERRid;
-
-#define ERRregister_package(S)    100
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _MAT3ERR_H */

Math/vector.cxx

@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-// vector.cxx -- additional vector routines
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started December 1997.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1997  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@infoplane.com
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#include <math.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// #include <Include/fg_types.h>
-
-#include "vector.hxx"
-
-#include "mat3.h"
-
-
-#if !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-// Map a vector onto the plane specified by normal
-void map_vec_onto_cur_surface_plane(MAT3vec normal, MAT3vec v0, MAT3vec vec,
-				    MAT3vec result)
-{
-    MAT3vec u1, v, tmp;
-
-    // calculate a vector "u1" representing the shortest distance from
-    // the plane specified by normal and v0 to a point specified by
-    // "vec".  "u1" represents both the direction and magnitude of
-    // this desired distance.
-
-    // u1 = ( (normal <dot> vec) / (normal <dot> normal) ) * normal
-
-    MAT3_SCALE_VEC( u1,
-		    normal,
-		    ( MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(normal, vec) /
-		      MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(normal, normal)
-		      )
-		    );
-
-    // printf("  vec = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", vec[0], vec[1], vec[2]);
-    // printf("  v0 = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", v0[0], v0[1], v0[2]);
-    // printf("  u1 = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", u1[0], u1[1], u1[2]);
-   
-    // calculate the vector "v" which is the vector "vec" mapped onto
-    // the plane specified by "normal" and "v0".
-
-    // v = v0 + vec - u1
-
-    MAT3_ADD_VEC(tmp, v0, vec);
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(v, tmp, u1);
-    // printf("  v = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", v[0], v[1], v[2]);
-
-    // Calculate the vector "result" which is "v" - "v0" which is a
-    // directional vector pointing from v0 towards v
-
-    // result = v - v0
-
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(result, v, v0);
-    // printf("  result = %.2f, %.2f, %.2f\n", 
-    // result[0], result[1], result[2]);
-}
-#endif // !defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-
-// Given a point p, and a line through p0 with direction vector d,
-// find the shortest distance from the point to the line
-double fgPointLine(MAT3vec p, MAT3vec p0, MAT3vec d) {
-    MAT3vec u, u1, v;
-    double ud, dd, tmp;
-    
-    // u = p - p0
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(u, p, p0);
-
-    // calculate the projection, u1, of u along d.
-    // u1 = ( dot_prod(u, d) / dot_prod(d, d) ) * d;
-    ud = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(u, d);
-    dd = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(d, d);
-    tmp = ud / dd;
-
-    MAT3_SCALE_VEC(u1, d, tmp);;
-
-    // v = u - u1 = vector from closest point on line, p1, to the
-    // original point, p.
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(v, u, u1);
-
-    return sqrt(MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(v, v));
-}
-
-
-// Given a point p, and a line through p0 with direction vector d,
-// find the shortest distance (squared) from the point to the line
-double fgPointLineSquared(MAT3vec p, MAT3vec p0, MAT3vec d) {
-    MAT3vec u, u1, v;
-    double ud, dd, tmp;
-    
-    // u = p - p0
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(u, p, p0);
-
-    // calculate the projection, u1, of u along d.
-    // u1 = ( dot_prod(u, d) / dot_prod(d, d) ) * d;
-    ud = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(u, d);
-    dd = MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(d, d);
-    tmp = ud / dd;
-
-    MAT3_SCALE_VEC(u1, d, tmp);;
-
-    // v = u - u1 = vector from closest point on line, p1, to the
-    // original point, p.
-    MAT3_SUB_VEC(v, u, u1);
-
-    return ( MAT3_DOT_PRODUCT(v, v) );
-}
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.6  1999/03/25 19:02:28  curt
-// Minor optimization tweaks.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1998/10/16 23:36:38  curt
-// c++-ifying.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/10/16 00:50:31  curt
-// Added point3d.hxx to replace cheezy fgPoint3d struct.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/08/24 20:04:12  curt
-// Various "inline" code optimizations contributed by Norman Vine.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/07/24 21:34:38  curt
-// fgPointLine() rewritten into fgPointLineSquared() ... this ultimately saves
-// us from doing a sqrt().
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/07/08 14:40:10  curt
-// polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-// Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-//   meters.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/05/07 23:04:28  curt
-// Added a blank formating line!
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/01/19 19:27:13  curt
-// Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-// This should simplify things tremendously.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/12/22 04:13:17  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

Math/vector.hxx

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-// vector.hxx -- additional vector routines
-//
-// Written by Curtis Olson, started December 1997.
-//
-// Copyright (C) 1997  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@infoplane.com
-//
-// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-// License, or (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-// General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-//
-// $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
-
-
-#ifndef _VECTOR_HXX
-#define _VECTOR_HXX
-
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus                                                          
-# error This library requires C++
-#endif                                   
-
-
-#include "mat3.h"
-
-
-// Map a vector onto the plane specified by normal
-#if defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-#  define map_vec_onto_cur_surface_plane(normal, v0, vec, result) { \
-	double scale = ((normal[0]*vec[0]+normal[1]*vec[1]+normal[2]*vec[2]) / \
-	       (normal[0]*normal[0]+normal[1]*normal[1]+normal[2]*normal[2])); \
-	result[0] = vec[0]-normal[0]*scale; \
-	result[1] = vec[1]-normal[1]*scale; \
-	result[2] = vec[2]-normal[2]*scale; \
-  }
-#else
-  void map_vec_onto_cur_surface_plane(MAT3vec normal, MAT3vec v0, MAT3vec vec,
-				    MAT3vec result);
-#endif //defined( USE_XTRA_MAT3_INLINES )
-
-
-// Given a point p, and a line through p0 with direction vector d,
-// find the shortest distance from the point to the line
-double fgPointLine(MAT3vec p, MAT3vec p0, MAT3vec d);
-
-
-// Given a point p, and a line through p0 with direction vector d,
-// find the shortest distance (squared) from the point to the line
-double fgPointLineSquared(MAT3vec p, MAT3vec p0, MAT3vec d);
-
-
-#endif // _VECTOR_HXX
-
-
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.4  1998/10/16 23:36:39  curt
-// c++-ifying.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/08/24 20:04:13  curt
-// Various "inline" code optimizations contributed by Norman Vine.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/07/24 21:34:38  curt
-// fgPointLine() rewritten into fgPointLineSquared() ... this ultimately saves
-// us from doing a sqrt().
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/07/08 14:40:10  curt
-// polar3d.[ch] renamed to polar3d.[ch]xx, vector.[ch] renamed to vector.[ch]xx
-// Updated fg_geodesy comments to reflect that routines expect and produce
-//   meters.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1998/04/21 17:03:51  curt
-// Prepairing for C++ integration.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1998/01/22 02:59:39  curt
-// Changed #ifdef FILE_H to #ifdef _FILE_H
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/01/19 19:27:14  curt
-// Merged in make system changes from Bob Kuehne <rpk@sgi.com>
-// This should simplify things tremendously.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1997/12/22 04:13:18  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//
-

Misc/CREDITS

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-The following files were unashamedly borrowed from other projects:
-
-zfstream.hxx
-zfstream.cxx
-	zlib/contrib/iostream
-
-stopwatch.hxx was (blitz/time.h)
-	blitz
-
-Some modifications have been made to fit in with the FlightGear scheme of things.
-
-As far as I'm aware they are all covered by GNU's licensing agreements.
-
-Many thanks to their respective authors.
-
-Bernie Bright (bbright@c031.aone.net.au)

Misc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libMisc.a
-
-libMisc_a_SOURCES = \
-	fgstream.cxx fgstream.hxx \
-	stopwatch.hxx \
-	strutils.cxx strutils.hxx \
-	zfstream.cxx zfstream.hxx
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_builddir)/Lib

NEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+New in 0.0.7
+* March 29, 2000
+* Added support for RedHat package building contributed by Habibie 
+  <habibie@MailandNews.com>
+* Added gdbm to SimGear.  Many systems will already have gdbm installed so
+  it is only built if it doesn't already exist on the user's platform.
+  gdbm is a set of database routines that use extendible hashing and works
+  similar to the standard UNIX dbm routines.  This guarantees the availability
+  of gdbm to any application that uses SimGear.
+* Optimizations and bullet proofing of magnetic variation code by Norman 
+  Vine and Ed Williams
+
+New in 0.0.6
+* March 27, 2000
+* Added Nima World Magnetic Model 2000 contributed by Ed Williams
+* Fixes for MSVC++
+
+New in 0.0.5
+* March 17, 2000
+* Restructured directory layout to facilitate windows/mac IDE builds.
+
+New in 0.0.4
+* Removed mat3.h and friends (we now use plib's sg lib for these sorts of 
+  things.)
+
+New in 0.0.3
+* Release that conincides with FlightGear-0.7.2

PUI/Makefile.am

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libPUI.a
-
-EXTRA_DIST = complex.cxx simple.cxx
-
-libPUI_a_SOURCES = \
-	pu.h puLocal.h \
-	pu.cxx \
-	puBox.cxx \
-	puButton.cxx \
-	puButtonBox.cxx \
-	puDialogBox.cxx \
-	puFrame.cxx \
-	puInput.cxx \
-	puInterface.cxx \
-	puMenuBar.cxx \
-	puObject.cxx \
-	puOneShot.cxx \
-	puPopup.cxx \
-	puPopupMenu.cxx \
-	puSlider.cxx \
-	puText.cxx
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)
-

PUI/complex.cxx

@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <time.h>
-#ifdef WIN32
-#include <windows.h>
-#else
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#include <math.h>
-#include <GL/glut.h>
-#include "pu.h"
-
-/***********************************\
-*                                   *
-* These are the PUI widget pointers *
-*                                   *
-\***********************************/
-
-puMenuBar   *main_menu_bar ;
-puButton    *hide_menu_button ;
-puDialogBox *dialog_box ;
-puText      *dialog_box_message ;
-puOneShot   *dialog_box_ok_button ;
-puText      *timer_text ;
-puSlider    *rspeedSlider;
-
-
-/***********************************\
-*                                   *
-*  This is a generic tumbling cube  *
-*                                   *
-\***********************************/
-
-GLfloat light_diffuse [] = {0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 1.0} ;  /* Red diffuse light. */
-GLfloat light_position[] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0} ;  /* Infinite light location. */
-
-GLfloat cube_n[6][3] =  /* Normals */
-{
- {-1.0, 0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 1.0, 0.0}, {1.0, 0.0, 0.0},
- { 0.0,-1.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0, 1.0}, {0.0, 0.0,-1.0}
-} ;
-
-GLint cube_i[6][4] =  /* Vertex indices */
-{
-  {0, 1, 2, 3}, {3, 2, 6, 7}, {7, 6, 5, 4},
-  {4, 5, 1, 0}, {5, 6, 2, 1}, {7, 4, 0, 3}
-} ;
-
-GLfloat cube_v[8][3] =  /* Vertices */
-{
-  {-1.0,-1.0, 1.0}, {-1.0,-1.0,-1.0}, {-1.0, 1.0,-1.0}, {-1.0, 1.0, 1.0},
-  { 1.0,-1.0, 1.0}, { 1.0,-1.0,-1.0}, { 1.0, 1.0,-1.0}, { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
-} ;
-
-
-static int firsttime;
-
-void drawCube (void)
-{
-
-  if ( firsttime )
-  {
-    /*
-      Deliberately do this only once - it's a better test of
-      PUI's attempts to leave the OpenGL state undisturbed
-    */
-
-    firsttime = FALSE ;
-    glLightfv      ( GL_LIGHT0, GL_DIFFUSE , light_diffuse  ) ;
-    glLightfv      ( GL_LIGHT0, GL_POSITION, light_position ) ;
-    glEnable       ( GL_LIGHT0     ) ;
-    glEnable       ( GL_LIGHTING   ) ;
-    glEnable       ( GL_DEPTH_TEST ) ;
-    glMatrixMode   ( GL_PROJECTION ) ;
-    gluPerspective ( 40.0, 1.0, 1.0, 10.0 ) ;
-    glMatrixMode   ( GL_MODELVIEW ) ;
-    gluLookAt      ( 0.0, 0.0, 5.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0 ) ;
-    glTranslatef   ( 0.0, 0.0, -1.0 ) ;
-    glRotatef      ( 60.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0 ) ;
-  }
-
-  glCullFace     ( GL_FRONT ) ;
-  glEnable       ( GL_CULL_FACE ) ;
-  //  glRotatef ( 1.0f, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 ) ;  /* Tumble that cube! */
-
-  glBegin ( GL_QUADS ) ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; i < 6 ; i++ )
-  {
-    glNormal3fv ( &cube_n[i][0] ) ;
-    glVertex3fv ( cube_v[cube_i[i][0]] ) ; glVertex3fv ( cube_v[cube_i[i][1]] ) ;
-    glVertex3fv ( cube_v[cube_i[i][2]] ) ; glVertex3fv ( cube_v[cube_i[i][3]] ) ;
-  }
-
-  glEnd () ;
-}
-
-/********************************\
-*                                *
-* End of cube renderer in OpenGL * 
-*                                *
-\********************************/
-
-
-/**************************************\
-*                                      *
-* These three functions capture mouse  *
-* and keystrokes (special and mundane) *
-* from GLUT and pass them on to PUI.   *
-*                                      *
-\**************************************/
-
-static void specialfn ( int key, int, int )
-{
-  puKeyboard ( key + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET, PU_DOWN ) ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-static void keyfn ( unsigned char key, int, int )
-{
-  puKeyboard ( key, PU_DOWN ) ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-static void motionfn ( int x, int y )
-{
-  puMouse ( x, y ) ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-static void mousefn ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  puMouse ( button, updown, x, y ) ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-/**************************************\
-*                                      *
-* This function redisplays the PUI and *
-* the tumbling cube, flips the double  *
-* buffer and then asks GLUT to post a  *
-* redisplay command - so we re-render  *
-* at maximum rate.                     *
-*                                      *
-\**************************************/
-
-static void displayfn (void)
-{
-  /* Clear the screen */
-
-  glClearColor ( 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 ) ;
-  glClear      ( GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT ) ;
-
-  /* Draw the tumbling cube */
-
-  float val ; rspeedSlider->getValue ( &val ) ;
-
-  glRotatef( 4*val, 15.0, 10.0 , 5.0 );
-
-  drawCube  () ;
-
-  /* Update the 'timer' */
-
-  time_t t = time ( NULL ) ;
-  timer_text -> setLabel ( ctime ( & t ) ) ;
-
-  /* Make PUI redraw */
-
-  puDisplay () ;
-  
-  /* Off we go again... */
-
-  glutSwapBuffers   () ;
-  glutPostRedisplay () ;
-}
-
-
-/***********************************\
-*                                   *
-* Here are the PUI widget callback  *
-* functions.                        *
-*                                   *
-\***********************************/
-
-void hide_menu_cb ( puObject *cb )
-{
-  if ( cb -> getValue () )
-  {
-    main_menu_bar -> reveal () ;
-    hide_menu_button->setLegend ( "Hide Menu" ) ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    main_menu_bar -> hide   () ;
-    hide_menu_button->setLegend ( "Show Menu" ) ;
-  }
-}
-
-
-void go_away_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  /*
-    Delete the dialog box when its 'OK' button is pressed.
-
-    This seems to crash on MSVC compilers - probably because
-    I delete dialog_box - whose member function is calling
-    this function. Hence we return to something that is
-    in a distinctly 'iffy' state.
-  */
-
-  delete dialog_box ;
-  dialog_box = NULL ;
-}
-
-void mk_dialog ( char *txt )
-{
-  dialog_box = new puDialogBox ( 150, 50 ) ;
-  {
-    new puFrame ( 0, 0, 400, 100 ) ;
-    dialog_box_message   = new puText         ( 10, 70 ) ;
-    dialog_box_message   -> setLabel          ( txt ) ;
-    dialog_box_ok_button = new puOneShot      ( 180, 10, 240, 50 ) ;
-    dialog_box_ok_button -> setLegend         ( "OK" ) ;
-    dialog_box_ok_button -> makeReturnDefault ( TRUE ) ;
-    dialog_box_ok_button -> setCallback       ( go_away_cb ) ;
-  }
-  dialog_box -> close  () ;
-  dialog_box -> reveal () ;
-}
-
-void ni_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  mk_dialog ( "Sorry, that function isn't implemented" ) ;
-}
-
-void about_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  mk_dialog ( "This is the PUI 'complex' program" ) ;
-}
-
-void help_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  mk_dialog ( "Sorry, no help is available for this demo" ) ;
-}
-
-void edit_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-}
-
-void exit_cb ( puObject * )
-{
-  fprintf ( stderr, "Exiting PUI demo program.\n" ) ;
-  exit ( 1 ) ;
-}
-
-/* Menu bar entries: */
-
-char      *file_submenu    [] = {  "Exit", "Close", "--------", "Print", "--------", "Save", "New", NULL } ;
-puCallback file_submenu_cb [] = { exit_cb, exit_cb,       NULL, ni_cb  ,       NULL,  ni_cb, ni_cb, NULL } ;
-
-char      *edit_submenu    [] = { "Edit text", NULL } ;
-puCallback edit_submenu_cb [] = {     edit_cb, NULL } ;
-
-char      *help_submenu    [] = { "About...",  "Help", NULL } ;
-puCallback help_submenu_cb [] = {   about_cb, help_cb, NULL } ;
-
-
-void sliderCB( puObject *sliderObj)
-{
-  glutPostRedisplay();
-}
-
-int main ( int argc, char **argv )
-{
-  firsttime = TRUE;
-
-#ifdef VOODOO
-  glutInitWindowPosition(   0,   0 ) ;
-#endif
-  glutInitWindowSize    ( 640, 480 ) ;
-  glutInit              ( &argc, argv ) ;
-  glutInitDisplayMode   ( GLUT_RGB | GLUT_DOUBLE | GLUT_DEPTH ) ;
-  glutCreateWindow      ( "Complex PUI Application"  ) ;
-  glutDisplayFunc       ( displayfn ) ;
-  glutKeyboardFunc      ( keyfn     ) ;
-  glutSpecialFunc       ( specialfn ) ;
-  glutMouseFunc         ( mousefn   ) ;
-  glutMotionFunc        ( motionfn  ) ;
-  glutPassiveMotionFunc ( motionfn  ) ;
-  glutIdleFunc          ( displayfn ) ;
-
-  puInit () ;
-
-#ifdef VOODOO
-  puShowCursor () ;
-#endif
-
-  puSetDefaultStyle        ( PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED ) ;
-  puSetDefaultColourScheme ( 0.8, 0.8, 0.8 ) ;
-
-  timer_text = new puText ( 300, 10 ) ;
-  timer_text -> setColour ( PUCOL_LABEL, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 ) ;
-
-  /* Make a button to hide the menu bar */
-
-  hide_menu_button = new puButton     ( 10, 10, 150, 50 ) ;
-  hide_menu_button->setValue          (    TRUE      ) ;
-  hide_menu_button->setLegend         ( "Hide Menu"  ) ;
-  hide_menu_button->setCallback       ( hide_menu_cb ) ;
-  hide_menu_button->makeReturnDefault (    TRUE      ) ;
-
-  /* Make the menu bar */
-
-  main_menu_bar = new puMenuBar () ;
-  {
-    main_menu_bar -> add_submenu ( "File", file_submenu, file_submenu_cb ) ;
-    main_menu_bar -> add_submenu ( "Edit", edit_submenu, edit_submenu_cb ) ;
-    main_menu_bar -> add_submenu ( "Help", help_submenu, help_submenu_cb ) ;
-  }
-  main_menu_bar -> close () ; 
-
-  rspeedSlider = new puSlider (20,80,150,TRUE);
-  rspeedSlider->setDelta(0.1);
-  rspeedSlider->setCBMode( PUSLIDER_DELTA );
-  rspeedSlider->setCallback(sliderCB);
-
-  glutMainLoop () ;
-  return 0 ;
-}
-
-

PUI/pu.cxx

@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <iostream.h>
-#endif
-
-#define PU_STRING_X_FUDGE 6
-#define PU_STRING_Y_FUDGE 6
-
-int puRefresh = TRUE ;
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-
-static int puWindowWidth  = 400 ;
-static int puWindowHeight = 400 ;
-
-int puGetWindowHeight () { return puWindowHeight ; }
-int puGetWindowWidth  () { return puWindowWidth  ; }
-
-void puSetWindowSize ( int width, int height )
-{
-  puWindowWidth  = width  ;
-  puWindowHeight = height ;
-}
-
-static int fontBase = 0;
-static int fontSize[257];
-#else
-
-int puGetWindowHeight () { return glutGet ( (GLenum) GLUT_WINDOW_HEIGHT ) ; }
-int puGetWindowWidth  () { return glutGet ( (GLenum) GLUT_WINDOW_WIDTH  ) ; }
-
-void puSetWindowSize ( int width, int height )
-{
-  fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: puSetWindowSize shouldn't be used with GLUT.\n" ) ;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-puColour _puDefaultColourTable[] =
-{
-  { 0.5f, 0.5f, 0.5f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_FOREGROUND */
-  { 0.3f, 0.3f, 0.3f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_BACKGROUND */
-  { 0.7f, 0.7f, 0.7f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  */
-  { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_LABEL      */
-  { 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f }, /* PUCOL_TEXT       */
-
-  { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }  /* ILLEGAL */
-} ;
- 
-
-puValue::~puValue () {}  
-
-static int _puCursor_enable = FALSE ;
-static int _puCursor_x      = 0 ;
-static int _puCursor_y      = 0 ;
-static float _puCursor_bgcolour [4] = { 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f } ; 
-static float _puCursor_fgcolour [4] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f } ;  
-
-void   puHideCursor ( void ) { _puCursor_enable = FALSE ; }
-void   puShowCursor ( void ) { _puCursor_enable = TRUE  ; }
-int    puCursorIsHidden ( void ) { return ! _puCursor_enable ; }
-
-void puCursor ( int x, int y )
-{
-  _puCursor_x = x ;
-  _puCursor_y = y ;
-}
-
-int puGetStringDescender ( void *fnt )
-{
-  if ( fnt == NULL )
-    fnt = PUFONT_9_BY_15 ;
-
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_8_BY_13        ) return 2 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_9_BY_15        ) return 3 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_10 ) return 2 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_24 ) return 5 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_10   ) return 2 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_12   ) return 3 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_18   ) return 4 ;
-
-  return 0 ;
-}
-
-int puGetStringHeight ( void *fnt )
-{
-  /* Height *excluding* descender */
-  if ( fnt == NULL )
-    fnt = PUFONT_9_BY_15 ;
-
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_8_BY_13        ) return  9 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_9_BY_15        ) return 10 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_10 ) return  7 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_24 ) return 17 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_10   ) return  8 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_12   ) return  9 ;
-  if ( fnt == PUFONT_HELVETICA_18   ) return 14 ;
-
-  return 0 ;
-}
-
-int puGetStringWidth ( void *fnt, char *str )
-{
-
-  if ( str == NULL )
-    return 0 ;
-
-  int res = 0 ;
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-  while ( *str != '\0' )
-  {
-    res += fontSize [ *str ] ;
-    str++ ;
-  }
-#else
-  if ( fnt == NULL )
-    fnt = PUFONT_9_BY_15 ;
-
-  while ( *str != '\0' )
-  {
-    res += glutBitmapWidth ( fnt, *str ) ;
-    str++ ;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return res ;
-}
-
-
-void puDrawString ( void *fnt, char *str, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( str == NULL )
-    return ;
-
-  glRasterPos2f((float)x, (float)y); 
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-  /*
-    Display a string: 
-       indicate start of glyph display lists 
-  */
-
-  glListBase (fontBase);
-
-  /* Now draw the characters in a string */
-
-  int len = strlen(str);
-  glCallLists(len, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, str); 
-  glListBase(0);
-#else
-  if ( fnt == NULL )
-    fnt = PUFONT_9_BY_15 ;
-
-  while ( *str != '\0' )
-  {
-    glutBitmapCharacter ( fnt, *str ) ;
-    str++ ;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-
-static void puDrawCursor ( int x, int y )
-{
-  glColor4fv ( _puCursor_bgcolour ) ;  
-
-  glBegin    ( GL_TRIANGLES ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x, y ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 13, y -  4 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  4, y - 13 ) ;
-
-  glVertex2i ( x +  8, y -  3 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 17, y - 12 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 12, y - 17 ) ;
-
-  glVertex2i ( x + 12, y - 17 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  3, y -  8 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  8, y -  3 ) ;
-  glEnd      () ;
-
-  glColor4fv ( _puCursor_fgcolour ) ;  
-
-  glBegin    ( GL_TRIANGLES ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x+1, y-1 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 11, y -  4 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  4, y - 11 ) ;
-
-  glVertex2i ( x +  8, y -  5 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 15, y - 12 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x + 12, y - 15 ) ;
-
-  glVertex2i ( x + 12, y - 15 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  5, y -  8 ) ;
-  glVertex2i ( x +  8, y -  5 ) ;
-  glEnd      () ;
-}
-
-void  puInit ( void )
-{
-  static int firsttime = TRUE ;
-
-  if ( firsttime )
-  {
-    puInterface *base_interface = new puInterface ( 0, 0 ) ;
-    puPushInterface     ( base_interface ) ;
-    puPushLiveInterface ( base_interface ) ;
-    firsttime = FALSE ;
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-
-    /* Create bitmaps for the device context font's first 256 glyphs */
-
-    fontBase = glGenLists(256);
-    assert(fontBase);
-    HDC hdc = wglGetCurrentDC();
-
-    /* Make the system font the device context's selected font */
-
-    SelectObject (hdc, GetStockObject (SYSTEM_FONT)); 
-
-    int *tempSize = &fontSize[1];
-
-    if ( ! GetCharWidth32 ( hdc, 1, 255, tempSize ) &&
-         ! GetCharWidth   ( hdc, 1, 255, tempSize ) )
-    {
-      LPVOID lpMsgBuf ;
-
-      FormatMessage ( FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
-	              FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
-	              NULL,
-	              GetLastError(),
-	              MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
-	              (LPTSTR) &lpMsgBuf,
-	              0, NULL ) ;
-
-      fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Error: %s\n", (char *)lpMsgBuf ) ;
-      LocalFree ( lpMsgBuf ) ;
-    }
-
-    wglUseFontBitmaps ( hdc, 0, 256, fontBase ) ;
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-static void puSetOpenGLState ( void )
-{
-  int w = puGetWindowWidth  () ;
-  int h = puGetWindowHeight () ;
-
-  glPushAttrib   ( GL_ENABLE_BIT | GL_VIEWPORT_BIT | GL_TRANSFORM_BIT ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_LIGHTING   ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_FOG        ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_TEXTURE_2D ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_DEPTH_TEST ) ;
-  glDisable      ( GL_CULL_FACE  ) ;
- 
-  glViewport     ( 0, 0, w, h ) ;
-  glMatrixMode   ( GL_PROJECTION ) ;
-  glPushMatrix   () ;
-  glLoadIdentity () ;
-  gluOrtho2D     ( 0, w, 0, h ) ;
-  glMatrixMode   ( GL_MODELVIEW ) ;
-  glPushMatrix   () ;
-  glLoadIdentity () ;
-}
-
-static void puRestoreOpenGLState ( void )
-{
-  glMatrixMode   ( GL_PROJECTION ) ;
-  glPopMatrix    () ;
-  glMatrixMode   ( GL_MODELVIEW ) ;
-  glPopMatrix    () ;
-  glPopAttrib    () ;
-}
-
-
-void  puDisplay ( void )
-{
-  puSetOpenGLState () ;
-  puGetUltimateLiveInterface () -> draw ( 0, 0 ) ;
-
-  int h = puGetWindowHeight () ;
-
-  if ( _puCursor_enable )
-    puDrawCursor ( _puCursor_x,
-                   h - _puCursor_y ) ;
-
-  puRestoreOpenGLState () ;
-}
-
-int puKeyboard ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  return puGetBaseLiveInterface () -> checkKey ( key, updown ) ;
-}
-
-
-static int last_buttons = 0 ;
-int puMouse ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  puCursor ( x, y ) ;
-
-  int h = puGetWindowHeight () ;
-
-  if ( updown == PU_DOWN )
-    last_buttons |=  ( 1 << button ) ;
-  else
-    last_buttons &= ~( 1 << button ) ;
-
-  return puGetBaseLiveInterface () -> checkHit ( button, updown, x,
-                                 h - y ) ;
-}
-
-int puMouse ( int x, int y )
-{
-  puCursor ( x, y ) ;
-
-  if ( last_buttons == 0 )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  int button = (last_buttons & (1<<PU_LEFT_BUTTON  )) ?  PU_LEFT_BUTTON   :
-               (last_buttons & (1<<PU_MIDDLE_BUTTON)) ?  PU_MIDDLE_BUTTON :
-               (last_buttons & (1<<PU_RIGHT_BUTTON )) ?  PU_RIGHT_BUTTON  : 0 ;
-
-  int h = puGetWindowHeight () ;
-
-  return puGetBaseLiveInterface () -> checkHit ( button, PU_DRAG, x,
-                                 h - y ) ;
-}
-

PUI/pu.h

@@ -1,805 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _PU_H_
-#define _PU_H_
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_WINDOWS_H
-#  include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <GL/gl.h>
-#include <GL/glu.h>
-#else
-#include <GL/glut.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TRUE
-#define TRUE  1
-#define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-  Webster's Dictionary (for American English) permits
-  Color or Colour as acceptable spellings - but
-  The Oxford English Dictionary (for English) only
-  permits Colour.
-
-  Hence, the logical thing to do is to use 'colour',
-  which *ought* to be acceptable on both sides of
-  the atlantic.
-
-  However, as a concession to the illogical:
-*/
-
-#define setColorScheme          setColourScheme
-#define setColor                setColour
-#define getColor                getColour
-#define puColor                 puColour
-#define puSetColor              puSetColour
-#define puSetDefaultColorScheme puSetDefaultColourScheme
-#define puGetDefaultColorScheme puGetDefaultColourScheme
-
-
-typedef void *puFont ;
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#define PU_LEFT_BUTTON		0
-#define PU_LEFT_BUTTON		0
-#define PU_MIDDLE_BUTTON	1
-#define PU_RIGHT_BUTTON		2
-#define PU_DOWN			0
-#define PU_UP		        1
-
-#define PUFONT_8_BY_13        ((void*)3)
-#define PUFONT_9_BY_15        ((void*)2)
-#define PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_10 ((void*)4)
-#define PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_24 ((void*)5)
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_10   ((void*)6)
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_12   ((void*)7)
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_18   ((void*)8)
-
-#else
-
-#define PUFONT_8_BY_13        GLUT_BITMAP_8_BY_13
-#define PUFONT_9_BY_15        GLUT_BITMAP_9_BY_15
-#define PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_10 GLUT_BITMAP_TIMES_ROMAN_10
-#define PUFONT_TIMES_ROMAN_24 GLUT_BITMAP_TIMES_ROMAN_24
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_10   GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_10
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_12   GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_12
-#define PUFONT_HELVETICA_18   GLUT_BITMAP_HELVETICA_18
-
-#define PU_LEFT_BUTTON      GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON
-#define PU_MIDDLE_BUTTON    GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON
-#define PU_RIGHT_BUTTON     GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON
-#define PU_DOWN             GLUT_DOWN
-#define PU_UP               GLUT_UP
-#endif	// PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-
-#define PU_UP_AND_DOWN   254
-#define PU_DRAG          255
-#define PU_CONTINUAL     PU_DRAG
-
-#define PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET  256
-
-#ifdef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#define PU_KEY_F1        (1		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F2        (2		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F3        (3		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F4        (4	    + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F5        (5		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F6        (6		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F7        (7		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F8        (8		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F9        (9		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F10       (10		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F11       (11		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F12       (12		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_LEFT      (100		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_UP        (101		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_RIGHT     (102		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_DOWN      (103		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_PAGE_UP   (104		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_PAGE_DOWN (105		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_HOME      (106		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_END       (107		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_INSERT    (108		+ PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-
-#else
-#define PU_KEY_F1        (GLUT_KEY_F1        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F2        (GLUT_KEY_F2        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F3        (GLUT_KEY_F3        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F4        (GLUT_KEY_F4        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F5        (GLUT_KEY_F5        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F6        (GLUT_KEY_F6        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F7        (GLUT_KEY_F7        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F8        (GLUT_KEY_F8        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F9        (GLUT_KEY_F9        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F10       (GLUT_KEY_F10       + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F11       (GLUT_KEY_F11       + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_F12       (GLUT_KEY_F12       + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_LEFT      (GLUT_KEY_LEFT      + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_UP        (GLUT_KEY_UP        + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_RIGHT     (GLUT_KEY_RIGHT     + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_DOWN      (GLUT_KEY_DOWN      + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_PAGE_UP   (GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP   + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_PAGE_DOWN (GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_HOME      (GLUT_KEY_HOME      + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_END       (GLUT_KEY_END       + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#define PU_KEY_INSERT    (GLUT_KEY_INSERT    + PU_KEY_GLUT_SPECIAL_OFFSET)
-#endif	// PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-
-#define PUPLACE_DEFAULT  PUPLACE_RIGHT
-#define PUPLACE_ABOVE    0
-#define PUPLACE_BELOW    1
-#define PUPLACE_LEFT     2
-#define PUPLACE_RIGHT    3
-
-#define PUCOL_FOREGROUND 0
-#define PUCOL_BACKGROUND 1
-#define PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  2
-#define PUCOL_LABEL      3
-#define PUCOL_LEGEND     4
-#define PUCOL_MAX        5
-
-#define PUSLIDER_CLICK   0
-#define PUSLIDER_ALWAYS  1
-#define PUSLIDER_DELTA   2
-
-/* These styles may be negated to get 'highlighted' graphics */
-
-#define PUSTYLE_DEFAULT    PUSTYLE_SHADED
-#define PUSTYLE_NONE       0
-#define PUSTYLE_PLAIN      1
-#define PUSTYLE_BEVELLED   2
-#define PUSTYLE_BOXED      3
-#define PUSTYLE_DROPSHADOW 4
-#define PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED 5
-#define PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED     6
-#define PUSTYLE_RADIO      7
-#define PUSTYLE_SHADED     8
-#define PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED   9
-#define PUSTYLE_MAX        10
-
-/* These are the gaps that we try to leave around text objects */
-
-#define PUSTR_TGAP   5
-#define PUSTR_BGAP   5
-#define PUSTR_LGAP   5
-#define PUSTR_RGAP   5
-#define PUSTR_MAX_HEIGHT  ( 25 + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP )
-
-#define PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE 16
-
-extern int puRefresh ;
-
-#define PUCLASS_VALUE            0x00000001
-#define PUCLASS_OBJECT           0x00000002
-#define PUCLASS_INTERFACE        0x00000004
-#define PUCLASS_FRAME            0x00000008
-#define PUCLASS_TEXT             0x00000010
-#define PUCLASS_BUTTON           0x00000020
-#define PUCLASS_ONESHOT          0x00000040
-#define PUCLASS_POPUP            0x00000080
-#define PUCLASS_POPUPMENU        0x00000100
-#define PUCLASS_MENUBAR          0x00000200
-#define PUCLASS_INPUT            0x00000400
-#define PUCLASS_BUTTONBOX        0x00000800
-#define PUCLASS_SLIDER           0x00001000
-#define PUCLASS_DIALOGBOX        0x00002000
-
-/* This function is not required for GLUT programs */
-void puSetWindowSize ( int width, int height ) ;
-
-int  puGetWindowHeight () ;
-int  puGetWindowWidth  () ;
-
-class puValue            ;
-class puObject           ;
-class puInterface        ;
-class puButtonBox        ;
-class puFrame            ;
-class puText             ;
-class puButton           ;
-class puOneShot          ;
-class puPopup            ;
-class puPopupMenu        ;
-class puMenuBar          ;
-class puInput            ;
-class puSlider           ;
-
-typedef float puColour [ 4 ] ;  /* RGBA */
-
-struct puBox
-{
-  int min [ 2 ] ;
-  int max [ 2 ] ;
-
-  void draw   ( int dx, int dy, int style, puColour colour[], int am_default ) ;
-  void extend ( puBox *bx ) ;
-
-  void empty   ( void ) { min[0]=min[1]=1000000 ; max[0]=max[1]=-1000000 ; }
-  int  isEmpty ( void ) { return min[0]>max[0] || min[1]>max[1] ; }
-} ;
-
-#define PUSTRING_MAX 80
-
-/* If you change - or add to these, be sure to change _puDefaultColourTable */
-
-extern puColour _puDefaultColourTable[] ;
-
-
-inline void puSetColour ( puColour dst, puColour src )
-{
-  dst[0] = src[0] ; dst[1] = src[1] ; dst[2] = src[2] ; dst[3] = src[3] ;
-}
-
-inline void puSetColour ( puColour c, float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f )
-{
-  c [ 0 ] = r ; c [ 1 ] = g ; c [ 2 ] = b ; c [ 3 ] = a ;
-}
-
-
-void  puInit           ( void ) ;
-void  puDisplay        ( void ) ;
-int   puMouse          ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-int   puMouse          ( int x, int y ) ;
-int   puKeyboard       ( int key, int updown ) ;
-void  puHideCursor     ( void ) ;
-void  puShowCursor     ( void ) ;
-int   puCursorIsHidden ( void ) ;
-
-void puDrawString         ( puFont fnt, char *str, int x, int y ) ;
-int  puGetStringWidth     ( puFont fnt, char *str ) ;
-int  puGetStringHeight    ( puFont fnt = NULL ) ;
-int  puGetStringDescender ( puFont fnt = NULL ) ;
-
-class puValue
-{
-protected:
-  int   type    ;
-  int   integer ;
-  float floater ;
-  char  string  [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-public:
-  puValue () { type = PUCLASS_VALUE ; clrValue () ; }
-
-  virtual ~puValue () ;
-
-  int  getType ( void ) { return type ; }
-  char *getTypeString ( void ) ;
-  void clrValue ( void ) { setValue ( "" ) ; }
-
-  void setValue ( puValue *pv )
-  {
-    integer = pv -> integer ;
-    floater = pv -> floater ;
-    strcpy ( string, pv -> string ) ;
-    puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  void setValue ( int   i ) { integer = i ; floater = (float) i ; sprintf ( string, "%d", i ) ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  void setValue ( float f ) { integer = (int) f ; floater = f ; sprintf ( string, "%g", f ) ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  void setValue ( char *s ) { 
-                              if ( s == NULL || s[0] == '\0' )
-                              {
-                                integer = 0 ;
-                                floater = 0.0f ;
-                                s = "" ;
-                              }
-                              else
-                              {
-                                integer = atoi(s) ;
-                                floater = (float)atof(s) ;
-
-                                if ( string != s ) strcpy ( string, s ) ;
-                              }
-                              puRefresh = TRUE ;
-                            }
-
-  void getValue ( int   *i ) { *i = integer ; }
-  void getValue ( float *f ) { *f = floater ; }
-  void getValue ( char **s ) { *s = string  ; }
-  void getValue ( char  *s ) { strcpy ( s, string ) ; }
-
-  int  getValue ( void ) { return integer ; }
-} ;
-
-typedef void (*puCallback)(class puObject *) ;
-
-void puSetDefaultStyle ( int  style ) ;
-int  puGetDefaultStyle ( void ) ;
-void puSetDefaultFonts ( puFont  legendFont, puFont  labelFont ) ;
-void puGetDefaultFonts ( puFont *legendFont, puFont *labelFont ) ;
-void puSetDefaultColourScheme ( float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0 ) ;
-void puGetDefaultColourScheme ( float *r, float *g, float *b, float *a = NULL );
-
-class puObject : public puValue
-{
-protected:
-  puValue default_value ;
-
-  puBox bbox ;   /* Bounding box of entire Object */
-  puBox abox ;   /* Active (clickable) area */
-  puColour colour [ PUCOL_MAX ] ;
-  puInterface *parent ;
-
-  int active_mouse_edge ; /* is it PU_UP or PU_DOWN (or both) that activates this? */
-  int style       ;
-  int visible     ;
-  int active      ;
-  int highlighted ;
-  int am_default  ;
-
-  char *label  ; puFont  labelFont ; int labelPlace ;
-  char *legend ; puFont legendFont ;
-
-  void *user_data ;
-  puCallback cb ;
-
-  virtual void draw_label  ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  virtual int  isHit ( int x, int y ) { return isVisible() && isActive() &&
-                                               x >= abox.min[0] &&
-                                               x <= abox.max[0] &&
-                                               y >= abox.min[1] &&
-                                               y <= abox.max[1] ; }
-  virtual void doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-
-public:
-   puObject ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) ;
-  ~puObject () ;
-
-  puObject *next ;
-  puObject *prev ;
- 
-  puBox *getBBox ( void ) { return & bbox ; }
-  puBox *getABox ( void ) { return & abox ; }
-
-  void setPosition ( int x, int y )
-  {
-    if ( abox.isEmpty() )
-    {
-      abox.max[0] = abox.min[0] = x ;
-      abox.max[1] = abox.min[1] = y ;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      abox.max[0] += x - abox.min[0] ;
-      abox.max[1] += y - abox.min[1] ;
-      abox.min[0]  = x ;
-      abox.min[1]  = y ;
-    }
-    recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  void setSize ( int w, int h )
-  {
-    abox.max[0] = abox.min[0] + w ;
-    abox.max[1] = abox.min[1] + h ;
-    recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  void getPosition ( int *x, int *y )
-  {
-    if ( abox . isEmpty () )
-    {
-      if ( x ) *x = 0 ;
-      if ( y ) *y = 0 ;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( x ) *x = abox.min[0] ;
-      if ( y ) *y = abox.min[1] ;
-    }
-  }
-
-  void getSize ( int *w, int *h )
-  {
-    if ( abox . isEmpty () )
-    {
-      if ( w ) *w = 0 ;
-      if ( h ) *h = 0 ;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ( w ) *w = abox.max[0] - abox.min[0] ;
-      if ( h ) *h = abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] ;
-    }
-  }
-
-  virtual void recalc_bbox ( void ) ;
-  virtual int  checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  virtual int  checkKey ( int key   , int updown ) ;
-  virtual void draw ( int dx, int dy ) = 0 ;
-
-  puInterface *getParent     ( void ) { return parent ; }
-  puObject    *getNextObject ( void ) { return next   ; }
-  puObject    *getPrevObject ( void ) { return prev   ; }
-
-  void       setCallback ( puCallback c ) { cb = c ;    }
-  puCallback getCallback ( void )               { return cb ; }
-  void       invokeCallback ( void ) { if ( cb ) (*cb)(this) ; }
-
-  void  makeReturnDefault ( int def ) { am_default = def ; }
-  int   isReturnDefault   ( void )          { return am_default ; }
-
-  void  setActiveDirn ( int e ) { active_mouse_edge = e ; }
-  int   getActiveDirn ( void ) { return active_mouse_edge ; }
-
-  void  setLegend ( char *l ) { legend = l ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  char *getLegend ( void ) { return legend ; }
-
-  void  setLegendFont ( puFont f ) { legendFont = f ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  puFont getLegendFont ( void ) { return legendFont ; }
-
-  void  setLabel ( char *l ) { label = l ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  char *getLabel ( void ) { return label ; }
-
-  void  setLabelFont ( puFont f ) { labelFont = f ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  puFont getLabelFont ( void ) { return labelFont ; }
-
-  void  setLabelPlace ( int lp ) { labelPlace = lp ; recalc_bbox() ; puRefresh = TRUE ; }
-  int   getLabelPlace ( void ) { return labelPlace ; }
-
-  void activate   ( void ) { if ( ! active  ) { active  = TRUE  ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  void greyOut    ( void ) { if (   active  ) { active  = FALSE ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  int  isActive   ( void ) { return active ; }
-
-  void highlight  ( void ) { if ( ! highlighted ) { highlighted = TRUE  ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  void lowlight   ( void ) { if (   highlighted ) { highlighted = FALSE ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  int isHighlighted( void ){ return highlighted ; }
-
-  void reveal     ( void ) { if ( ! visible ) { visible = TRUE  ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  void hide       ( void ) { if (   visible ) { visible = FALSE ; puRefresh = TRUE ; } }
-  int  isVisible  ( void ) { return visible ; }
-
-  void setStyle ( int which )
-  {
-    style = which ;
-    recalc_bbox () ;
-    puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  int  getStyle ( void ) { return style ; }
-
-  void setColourScheme ( float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f ) ;
-
-  void setColour ( int which, float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f )
-  {
-    puSetColour ( colour [ which ], r, g, b, a ) ;
-    puRefresh = TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  void getColour ( int which, float *r, float *g, float *b, float *a = NULL )
-  {
-    if ( r ) *r = colour[which][0] ;
-    if ( g ) *g = colour[which][1] ;
-    if ( b ) *b = colour[which][2] ;
-    if ( a ) *a = colour[which][3] ;
-  }
-
-  void  setUserData ( void *data ) { user_data = data ; }
-  void *getUserData ( void )             { return user_data ; }
-
-  void defaultValue ( void ) { setValue ( & default_value ) ; }
-
-  void setDefaultValue ( int    i ) { default_value . setValue ( i ) ; }
-  void setDefaultValue ( float  f ) { default_value . setValue ( f ) ; }
-  void setDefaultValue ( char  *s ) { default_value . setValue ( s ) ; }
-
-  void getDefaultValue ( int   *i ) { default_value . getValue ( i ) ; }
-  void getDefaultValue ( float *f ) { default_value . getValue ( f ) ; }
-  void getDefaultValue ( char **s ) { default_value . getValue ( s ) ; }
-  int  getDefaultValue ( void )    { return default_value . getValue () ; }
-} ;
-
-/*
-  The 'live' interface stack is used for clicking and rendering.
-*/
-
-void         puPushLiveInterface        ( puInterface *in ) ;
-void         puPopLiveInterface         ( void ) ;
-int          puNoLiveInterface          ( void ) ;
-puInterface *puGetBaseLiveInterface     ( void ) ;
-puInterface *puGetUltimateLiveInterface ( void ) ;
-
-/*
-  The regular interface stack is used for adding widgets
-*/
-
-void         puPushInterface        ( puInterface *in ) ;
-void         puPopInterface         ( void ) ;
-int          puNoInterface          ( void ) ;
-puInterface *puGetCurrInterface     ( void ) ;
-
-class puInterface : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  int num_children ;
-  puObject *dlist ;
-
-  void doHit       ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-
-public:
-
-  puInterface ( int x, int y ) : puObject ( x, y, x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_INTERFACE ;
-    dlist = NULL ;
-    num_children = 0 ;
-    puPushInterface ( this ) ;
-    puPushLiveInterface ( this ) ;
-  }
-
-  ~puInterface () ;
-
-  void recalc_bbox ( void ) ;
-  virtual void add    ( puObject *new_object ) ;
-  virtual void remove ( puObject *old_object ) ;
-
-  void draw        ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  int  checkHit    ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  int  checkKey    ( int key   , int updown ) ;
-
-  puObject *getFirstChild ( void ) { return dlist ; }
-  int getNumChildren ( void ) { return num_children ; }
-
-  virtual void close ( void )
-  {
-    if ( puGetCurrInterface () != this )
-      fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: puInterface::close() is mismatched!\n" ) ;
-    else
-      puPopInterface () ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-class puFrame : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  virtual int  isHit ( int /* x */, int /* y */ ) { return FALSE ; }
-public:
-  void draw ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  puFrame ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) :
-             puObject ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_FRAME ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-class puText : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  virtual int  isHit ( int /* x */, int /* y */ ) { return FALSE ; }
-public:
-  void draw ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  puText ( int x, int y ) : puObject ( x, y, x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_TEXT ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-class puButton : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  void doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  void draw  ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  puButton   ( int minx, int miny, char *l ) :
-                 puObject ( minx, miny,
-                            minx + puGetStringWidth  ( NULL, l ) + PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_RGAP,
-                            miny + puGetStringHeight () + puGetStringDescender () + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_BUTTON ;
-    setLegend ( l ) ;
-  }
-
-  puButton   ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) :
-                 puObject ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_BUTTON ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-class puSlider : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  int vert ;
-  float last_cb_value ;
-  float cb_delta ;
-  int   cb_mode ;
-  float slider_fraction ;
-public:
-  void doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  void draw  ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  puSlider ( int minx, int miny, int sz, int vertical = FALSE ) :
-     puObject ( minx, miny, vertical ?
-                             ( minx + puGetStringWidth ( NULL, "W" ) +
-                                      PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_RGAP ) :
-                             ( minx + sz ),
-                            vertical ?
-                             ( miny + sz ) :
-                             ( miny + puGetStringHeight () +
-                                      puGetStringDescender () +
-                                      PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP )
-                           )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_SLIDER ;
-    slider_fraction = 0.1f ;
-    getValue ( & last_cb_value ) ;
-    vert = vertical ;
-    cb_delta = 0.1f ;
-    cb_mode = PUSLIDER_ALWAYS ;
-  }
-
-  void setCBMode ( int m ) { cb_mode = m ; }
-  float getCBMode ( void ) { return (float)cb_mode ; }
-
-  int  isVertical ( void ) { return vert ; }
-
-  void setDelta ( float f ) { cb_delta = (f<=0.0f) ? 0.1f : (f>=1.0f) ? 0.9f : f ; }
-  float getDelta ( void ) { return cb_delta ; }
-
-  void setSliderFraction ( float f ) { slider_fraction = (f<=0.0f) ? 0.1f : (f>=1.0f) ? 0.9f : f ; }
-  float getSliderFraction ( void ) { return slider_fraction ; }
-} ;
-
-
-
-class puOneShot : public puButton
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  void doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-
-  puOneShot ( int minx, int miny, char *l ) : puButton   ( minx, miny, l )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_ONESHOT ;
-  }
-
-  puOneShot ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) :
-                 puButton ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_ONESHOT ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-
-class puPopup : public puInterface
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  puPopup ( int x, int y ) : puInterface ( x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_POPUP ;
-    hide () ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-class puPopupMenu : public puPopup
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  puPopupMenu ( int x, int y ) : puPopup ( x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_POPUPMENU ;
-  }
-
-  puObject *add_item ( char *str, puCallback cb ) ;
-  int  checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  int  checkKey ( int key   , int updown ) ;
-  void close ( void ) ;
-} ;
-
-class puMenuBar : public puInterface
-{
-protected:
-public:
-  puMenuBar ( int h = -1 ) :
-
-  puInterface ( 0, h < 0 ? puGetWindowHeight() -
-                      ( puGetStringHeight() + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP ) : h )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_MENUBAR ;
-  }
-
-  void add_submenu ( char *str, char *items[], puCallback cb[] ) ;
-  void close ( void ) ;
-} ;
-
-
-class puInput : public puObject
-{
-  int accepting ;
-  int cursor_position ;
-  int select_start_position ;
-  int select_end_position ;
-
-  void normalize_cursors ( void ) ;
-
-public:
-  void draw     ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-  void doHit    ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  int  checkKey ( int key, int updown ) ;
-
-  int  isAcceptingInput ( void ) { return accepting ; }
-  void rejectInput      ( void ) { accepting = FALSE ; }
-  void acceptInput      ( void ) { accepting = TRUE ;
-                             cursor_position = strlen ( string ) ;
-                             select_start_position = select_end_position = -1 ; }
-
-  int  getCursor ( void )        { return cursor_position ; }
-  void setCursor ( int c ) { cursor_position = c ; }
-
-  void setSelectRegion ( int s, int e )
-  {
-    select_start_position = s ;
-    select_end_position   = e ;
-  }
-
-  void getSelectRegion ( int *s, int *e )
-  {
-    if ( s ) *s = select_start_position ;
-    if ( e ) *e = select_end_position   ;
-  }
-
-  puInput ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) :
-             puObject ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_INPUT ;
-
-    accepting = FALSE ;
-
-    cursor_position       =  0 ;
-    select_start_position = -1 ;
-    select_end_position   = -1 ;
-
-    setColourScheme ( 0.8f, 0.7f, 0.7f ) ; /* Yeukky Pink */
-  }
-} ;
-
-
-class puButtonBox : public puObject
-{
-protected:
-  int one_only ;
-  int num_kids ;
-  char **button_labels ;
-
-public:
-
-  puButtonBox ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy, 
-                char **labels, int one_button ) ;
-
-  int isOneButton ( void ) { return one_only ; }
-
-  int checkKey ( int key   , int updown ) ;
-  int checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y ) ;
-  void draw    ( int dx, int dy ) ;
-} ;
-
-
-
-class puDialogBox : public puPopup
-{
-protected:
-public:
-
-  puDialogBox ( int x, int y ) : puPopup ( x, y )
-  {
-    type |= PUCLASS_DIALOGBOX ;
-  }
-} ;
-
-#endif
-

PUI/puBox.cxx

@@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-#define PU_BEVEL              5
-#define PU_SMALL_BEVEL        2
-#define PU_DFLT_OFFSET        8
-#define PU_BOX_WIDTH          2
-#define PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET  5
-
-void puBox::extend ( puBox *bx )
-{
-  if ( bx -> isEmpty () ) return ;
-
-  if ( min[0]>bx->min[0] ) min[0] = bx->min[0] ;
-  if ( min[1]>bx->min[1] ) min[1] = bx->min[1] ;
-  if ( max[0]<bx->max[0] ) max[0] = bx->max[0] ;
-  if ( max[1]<bx->max[1] ) max[1] = bx->max[1] ;
-}
- 
-
- 
-void puBox::draw ( int dx, int dy, int style, puColour colour[], int am_default  )
-{
-  int hi, mid, lo ;
-
-  /* Colour assignments */
-
-  switch ( style )
-  {
-    case  PUSTYLE_NONE       :
-      return ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_PLAIN      :
-    case  PUSTYLE_DROPSHADOW :
-      mid = PUCOL_FOREGROUND ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SHADED     :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED :
-    case  PUSTYLE_BEVELLED   :
-    case  PUSTYLE_BOXED      :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED :
-      mid = PUCOL_FOREGROUND ;
-      hi  = PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_RADIO      :
-    case -PUSTYLE_RADIO      :
-      hi  = PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      break ;
-
-    case -PUSTYLE_PLAIN      :
-    case -PUSTYLE_DROPSHADOW :
-      mid = PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      break ;
-
-    case -PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED :
-    case -PUSTYLE_BEVELLED   :
-    case -PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED :
-    case -PUSTYLE_SHADED     :
-    case -PUSTYLE_BOXED      :
-    case -PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED :
-      mid = PUCOL_FOREGROUND ;
-      hi  = PUCOL_BACKGROUND ;
-      lo  = PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ;
-      break ;
-
-    default :
-      fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Unrecognised 'style' %d\n", style ) ;
-      return ;
-  }
-
-  switch ( abs(style) )
-  {
-    case  PUSTYLE_PLAIN      :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1],
-		dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED   :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED     :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-	glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-
-      if ( abs(style) == PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED )
-      {
-        glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-        glRecti ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL,
-		  dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL ) ;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-	glShadeModel(GL_SMOOTH);
-	glBegin(GL_POLYGON);
-	  glColor4fv( colour [ mid ] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL );
-	  if(style==PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED)
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[lo][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[lo][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[lo][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [lo][3] );
-	  else
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[hi][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[hi][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[hi][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [hi][3] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL );
-	  glColor4fv( colour [ mid ] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL );
-	  if(style==-PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED)
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[lo][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[lo][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[lo][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [lo][3] );
-	  else
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[hi][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[hi][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[hi][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [hi][3] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL );
-	glEnd();
-	glShadeModel(GL_FLAT);
-
-	if(style == -PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED)
-	{
-	  glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-	  glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	  glEnd () ;
-	  glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-	  glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_SMALL_BEVEL   ) ;
-	  glEnd () ;
-	}	
-      }
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_BEVELLED   :
-    case  PUSTYLE_SHADED     :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-	glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + min[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-	glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-
-      if ( abs(style) == PUSTYLE_BEVELLED )
-      {
-	glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-	glRecti ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL, dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL,
-		  dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL, dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL ) ;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-	glShadeModel(GL_SMOOTH);
-	glBegin(GL_POLYGON);
-	  glColor4fv( colour [ mid ] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL );
-	  if(style==PUSTYLE_SHADED)
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[lo][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[lo][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[lo][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [lo][3] );
-	  else
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[hi][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[hi][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[hi][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [hi][3] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL );
-	  glColor4fv( colour [ mid ] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL );
-	  if(style==-PUSTYLE_SHADED)
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[lo][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[lo][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[lo][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [lo][3] );
-	  else
-	    glColor4f( colour [mid][0] + (colour[hi][0] - colour[mid][0])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][1] + (colour[hi][1] - colour[mid][1])/2.0f,
-		       colour [mid][2] + (colour[hi][2] - colour[mid][2])/2.0f,
-		       colour [hi][3] );
-	  glVertex2i( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL );
-	glEnd();
-	glShadeModel(GL_FLAT);
-
-	if(style == -PUSTYLE_SHADED)
-        {
-	  glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-	  glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	  glEnd () ;
-	  glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-	  glBegin ( GL_QUAD_STRIP ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL   , dy + min[1] + PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL/2 , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL/2 ) ;
-	    glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_BEVEL   , dy + max[1] - PU_BEVEL   ) ;
-	  glEnd () ;
-	}	
-      }	
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_BOXED      :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1],
-		dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0]+PU_BOX_WIDTH, dy + min[1]+PU_BOX_WIDTH,
-		dx + max[0]-PU_BOX_WIDTH, dy + max[1]-PU_BOX_WIDTH ) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_RADIO      :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-      glBegin ( GL_LINE_LOOP ) ;
-        glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2, dy + min[1]                          ) ;
-        glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE  , dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2 ) ;
-        glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2, dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE   ) ;
-        glVertex2i ( dx + min[0]                         , dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2 ) ;
-      glEnd () ;
-
-      if ( style < 0 )
-      {
-	glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-	glBegin ( GL_QUADS ) ;
-	  glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2, dy + min[1] + 2                      ) ;
-	  glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE-2, dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2 ) ;
-	  glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2, dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE-2 ) ;
-	  glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + 2                     , dy + min[1] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE/2 ) ;
-	glEnd () ;
-      }
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ hi  ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1],
-		dx + max[0], dy + min[1]+2 ) ;
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1]+1,
-		dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case  PUSTYLE_DROPSHADOW :
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ lo  ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0] + PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET, dy + min[1] - PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET,
-		dx + max[0] + PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET, dy + max[1] - PU_DROPSHADOW_OFFSET ) ;
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ mid ] ) ;
-      glRecti ( dx + min[0], dy + min[1],
-		dx + max[0], dy + max[1] ) ;
-      break ;
-  }
-
-  if ( am_default )
-  {
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_BACKGROUND ] ) ;
-    glLineStipple ( 1, 0xF0F0 ) ;
-    glEnable ( GL_LINE_STIPPLE ) ;
-    glBegin ( GL_LINE_LOOP ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_DFLT_OFFSET, dy + min[1] + PU_DFLT_OFFSET ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( dx + min[0] + PU_DFLT_OFFSET, dy + max[1] - PU_DFLT_OFFSET ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_DFLT_OFFSET, dy + max[1] - PU_DFLT_OFFSET ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( dx + max[0] - PU_DFLT_OFFSET, dy + min[1] + PU_DFLT_OFFSET ) ;
-    glEnd () ;
-    glDisable ( GL_LINE_STIPPLE ) ;
-  }
-}
-
-
-

PUI/puButton.cxx

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puButton::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  /* If button is pushed or highlighted - use inverse style for button itself */
-
-  int tempStyle;
-
-  if ( parent && ( ( parent->getType() & PUCLASS_POPUPMENU ) ||
-                   ( parent->getType() & PUCLASS_MENUBAR   ) ) )
-    tempStyle =  ( getValue() ^ highlighted ) ? PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED : style ;
-  else
-    tempStyle =  ( getValue() ^ highlighted ) ? -style : style ;
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy, tempStyle, colour, isReturnDefault() ) ;
-
-  /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-  if ( active )
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-  else
-    glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-  int xx = ( abox.max[0] - abox.min[0] - puGetStringWidth(legendFont,legend) ) / 2 ;
-  int yy = ( abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] - puGetStringHeight(legendFont) ) / 2 ;
-
-  puDrawString ( legendFont, legend,
-                  dx + abox.min[0] + xx,
-                  dy + abox.min[1] + yy ) ;
-
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-
-
-void puButton::doHit ( int button, int updown, int, int )
-{
-
-
-  if ( button == PU_LEFT_BUTTON )
-  {
-    if ( updown == active_mouse_edge || active_mouse_edge == PU_UP_AND_DOWN )
-    {
-      lowlight () ;
-      setValue ( (int) ! getValue () ) ;
-      invokeCallback () ;
-    }
-    else
-      highlight () ;
-  }
-  else
-    lowlight () ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puButtonBox.cxx

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-puButtonBox::puButtonBox ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy,
-                char **labels, int one_button ) :
-                    puObject ( minx, miny, maxx, maxy )
-{
-  type |= PUCLASS_BUTTONBOX ;
-  one_only = one_button ;
-
-  button_labels = labels ;
-
-  for ( num_kids = 0 ; button_labels [ num_kids ] != NULL ; num_kids++ )
-    /* Count number of labels */ ;
-}
-
-
-int puButtonBox::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  if ( updown == PU_UP ||
-       ! isReturnDefault() ||
-       ( key != '\r' && key != '\n' ) )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  int v = getValue () ;
-
-  if ( ! one_only )
-    v = ~v ;
-  else
-  if ( v++ > num_kids )
-    v = 0 ;
-
-  setValue ( v ) ;
-  invokeCallback() ;
-  return TRUE ;
-}
-
-
-int puButtonBox::checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( ! isHit ( x, y ) ||
-       ( updown != active_mouse_edge &&
-         active_mouse_edge != PU_UP_AND_DOWN ) )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  int i = num_kids - 1 - (( y - abox.min[1] - PUSTR_BGAP ) * num_kids ) /
-                          ( abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] - PUSTR_BGAP - PUSTR_TGAP ) ;
-
-  if ( i < 0 ) i = 0 ;
-  if ( i >= num_kids ) i = num_kids - 1 ;
-
-  if ( one_only )
-    setValue ( i ) ;
-  else
-    setValue ( getValue () ^ ( 1 << i ) ) ;
-
-  invokeCallback () ;
-  return TRUE ;
-}
-
-
-void puButtonBox::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy, style, colour, isReturnDefault() ) ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; i < num_kids ; i++ )
-  {
-    puBox tbox ;
-
-    tbox . min [ 0 ] = abox.min [ 0 ] + PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_LGAP ;
-    tbox . min [ 1 ] = abox.min [ 1 ] + ((abox.max[1]-abox.min[1]-PUSTR_TGAP-PUSTR_BGAP)/num_kids) * (num_kids-1-i) ;
-    tbox . max [ 0 ] = tbox.min [ 0 ] ;
-    tbox . max [ 1 ] = tbox.min [ 1 ] ;
-
-    if (( one_only && i == getValue() ) ||
-        ( !one_only && ((1<<i) & getValue() ) != 0 ) ) 
-      tbox . draw ( dx, dy + PUSTR_BGAP + PUSTR_BGAP, -PUSTYLE_RADIO, colour, FALSE ) ;
-    else
-      tbox . draw ( dx, dy + PUSTR_BGAP + PUSTR_BGAP, PUSTYLE_RADIO, colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-    /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-    if ( active )
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-    else
-      glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-                  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-                  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-                  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-    puDrawString ( legendFont, button_labels[i],
-                   dx + tbox.min[0] + PU_RADIO_BUTTON_SIZE + PUSTR_LGAP,
-                   dy + tbox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender(legendFont) + PUSTR_BGAP  + PUSTR_BGAP) ;
-  }
-
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-

PUI/puDialogBox.cxx

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-

PUI/puFrame.cxx

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puFrame::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy, style, colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-  /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-  if ( active )
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-  else
-    glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-  int xx = ( abox.max[0] - abox.min[0] - puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, legend ) ) / 2 ;
-
-  puDrawString ( legendFont, legend,
-                  dx + abox.min[0] + xx,
-                  dy + abox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender ( legendFont ) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ;
-
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puInput.cxx

@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puInput::normalize_cursors ( void )
-{
-  char val [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-  getValue ( val ) ;
-  int sl = strlen ( val ) ;
-
-  /* Clamp the positions to the limits of the text.  */
-
-  if ( cursor_position       <  0 ) cursor_position       =  0 ;
-  if ( select_start_position <  0 ) select_start_position =  0 ;
-  if ( select_end_position   <  0 ) select_end_position   =  0 ;
-  if ( cursor_position       > sl ) cursor_position       = sl ;
-  if ( select_start_position > sl ) select_start_position = sl ;
-  if ( select_end_position   > sl ) select_end_position   = sl ;
-
-  /* Swap the ends of the select window if they get crossed over */
-
-  if ( select_end_position < select_start_position )
-  {
-    int tmp = select_end_position ;     
-    select_end_position = select_start_position ;     
-    select_start_position = tmp ;
-  }
-}
-
-void puInput::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  normalize_cursors () ;
-
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  /* 3D Input boxes look nicest if they are always in inverse style. */
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy, ( (style==PUSTYLE_SMALL_BEVELLED ||
-                           style==PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED) ) ? -style :
-                        (accepting ? -style : style ), colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-  int xx = puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, " " ) ;
-  int yy = ( abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] - puGetStringHeight(legendFont) ) / 2 ;
-
-  if ( accepting )
-  {
-    char val [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-    getValue ( val ) ;
-
-    /* Highlight the select area */
-
-    if ( select_end_position > 0 &&
-         select_end_position != select_start_position )    
-    {
-      val [ select_end_position ] = '\0' ;
-      int cpos2 = puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, val ) + xx + dx + abox.min[0] ;
-      val [ select_start_position ] = '\0' ;
-      int cpos1 = puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, val ) + xx + dx + abox.min[0] ;
-
-      glColor3f ( 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.7f ) ;
-      glRecti ( cpos1, dy + abox.min[1] + 6 ,
-                cpos2, dy + abox.max[1] - 6 ) ;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Draw the text */
-
-  {
-    /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-    if ( active )
-      glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-    else
-      glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-		  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-		  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-		  colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-    char val [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-    getValue ( val ) ;
-
-    puDrawString ( legendFont, val,
-                  dx + abox.min[0] + xx,
-                  dy + abox.min[1] + yy ) ;
-
-    draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-  }
-
-  if ( accepting )
-  { 
-    char val [ PUSTRING_MAX ] ;
-    getValue ( val ) ;
-
-    /* Draw the 'I' bar cursor. */
-
-    if ( cursor_position >= 0 )
-    {
-      val [ cursor_position ] = '\0' ;
-
-      int cpos = puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, val ) + xx + dx + abox.min[0] ;
-
-      glColor3f ( 0.1f, 0.1f, 1.0f ) ;
-      glBegin   ( GL_LINES ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos    , dy + abox.min[1] + 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos    , dy + abox.max[1] - 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos - 1, dy + abox.min[1] + 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos - 1, dy + abox.max[1] - 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos - 4, dy + abox.min[1] + 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos + 3, dy + abox.min[1] + 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos - 4, dy + abox.max[1] - 7 ) ;
-      glVertex2i ( cpos + 3, dy + abox.max[1] - 7 ) ;
-      glEnd      () ;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-void puInput::doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int /* y */ )
-{
-  if ( button == PU_LEFT_BUTTON )
-  {
-    /* Most GUI's activate a button on button-UP not button-DOWN. */
-
-    if ( updown == active_mouse_edge || active_mouse_edge == PU_UP_AND_DOWN )
-    {
-      lowlight () ;
-
-      char *strval ;
-      getValue ( & strval ) ;
-      char *tmpval = new char [ strlen(strval) + 1 ] ;
-      strcpy ( tmpval, strval ) ;
-
-      int i = strlen ( tmpval ) ;
-
-      while ( x <= puGetStringWidth ( legendFont, tmpval ) + abox.min[0] &&
-              i >= 0 )
-        tmpval[--i] = '\0' ;
-    
-      accepting = TRUE ;
-      cursor_position = i ;
-      normalize_cursors () ;
-      invokeCallback () ;
-    }
-    else
-      highlight () ;
-  }
-  else
-    lowlight () ;
-}
-
-int puInput::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  (updown,updown);
-
-  if ( ! isAcceptingInput() || ! isActive () || ! isVisible () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  normalize_cursors () ;
-
-  char *p ;
-
-  switch ( key )
-  {
-    case PU_KEY_PAGE_UP   :
-    case PU_KEY_PAGE_DOWN :
-    case PU_KEY_INSERT    : return FALSE ; 
-
-    case PU_KEY_UP   :
-    case PU_KEY_DOWN :
-    case 0x1B /* ESC */ :
-    case '\t' :
-    case '\r' :
-    case '\n' : /* Carriage return/Line Feed/TAB  -- End of input */
-      rejectInput () ;
-      normalize_cursors () ;
-      invokeCallback () ;
-      break ;
-
-    case '\b' : /* Backspace */
-      if ( cursor_position > 0 ) 
-        for ( p = & string [ --cursor_position ] ; *p != '\0' ; p++ )
-          *p = *(p+1) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case 0x7F : /* DEL */
-      if ( select_start_position != select_end_position )
-      {
-        char *p1 = & string [ select_start_position ] ;
-        char *p2 = & string [ select_end_position   ] ;
-
-        while ( *p1 != '\0' )
-          *p1++ = *p2++ ;
-
-        select_end_position = select_start_position ;
-      }
-      else
-	for ( p = & string [ cursor_position ] ; *p != '\0' ; p++ )
-	  *p = *(p+1) ;
-      break ;
-
-    case 0x15 /* ^U */ : string [ 0 ] = '\0' ; break ;
-    case PU_KEY_HOME   : cursor_position = 0 ; break ;
-    case PU_KEY_END    : cursor_position = PUSTRING_MAX ; break ;
-    case PU_KEY_LEFT   : cursor_position-- ; break ;
-    case PU_KEY_RIGHT  : cursor_position++ ; break ;
-
-    default:
-      if ( key < ' ' || key > 127 ) return FALSE ;
-
-      if ( strlen ( string ) >= PUSTRING_MAX )
-        return FALSE ;
-
-      for ( p = & string [ strlen(string) ] ;
-               p != &string[cursor_position] ; p-- )
-        *(p+1) = *p ;
-
-      *p = key ;
-      cursor_position++ ;
-      break ;
-  }
-
-  setValue ( string ) ;
-  normalize_cursors () ;
-  return TRUE ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puInterface.cxx

@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-#define PUSTACK_MAX 100
-
-static int currLiveInterface = -1 ;
-static puInterface *liveInterfaceStack [ PUSTACK_MAX ] ;
-static int currInterface = -1 ;
-static puInterface *interfaceStack [ PUSTACK_MAX ] ;
-
-void puPushLiveInterface ( puInterface *in )
-{
-  if ( currLiveInterface < PUSTACK_MAX )
-    liveInterfaceStack [ ++currLiveInterface ] = in ;
-  else
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Too many live puInterfaces open at once!\n" ) ;
-}
-
-void puPushInterface ( puInterface *in )
-{
-  if ( currInterface < PUSTACK_MAX )
-    interfaceStack [ ++currInterface ] = in ;
-  else
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Too many puInterfaces open at once!\n" ) ;
-}
-
-void  puPopLiveInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currLiveInterface > 0 )
-    --currLiveInterface ;
-  else 
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: Live puInterface stack is empty!\n" ) ;
-}
-
-void  puPopInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currInterface > 0 )
-    --currInterface ;
-  else 
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: puInterface stack is empty!\n" ) ;
-}
-
-int  puNoLiveInterface ( void )
-{
-  return currLiveInterface < 0 ;
-}
-
-int  puNoInterface ( void )
-{
-  return currInterface < 0 ;
-}
-
-puInterface *puGetUltimateLiveInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currLiveInterface < 0 )
-  {
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: No Live Interface!\n" ) ;
-    return NULL ;
-  }
-
-  return liveInterfaceStack [ 0 ] ;
-}
-
-
-puInterface *puGetBaseLiveInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currLiveInterface < 0 )
-  {
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: No Live Interface!\n" ) ;
-    return NULL ;
-  }
-
-  /*
-    Work down the interface stack until you
-    either get to the bottom or find a block
-    in the form of a puDialogBox.
-  */
-
-  for ( int i = currLiveInterface ; i > 0 ; i-- )
-    if ( liveInterfaceStack [ i ] -> getType () & PUCLASS_DIALOGBOX )
-      return liveInterfaceStack [ i ] ; 
-
-  return liveInterfaceStack [ 0 ] ;
-}
-
-puInterface *puGetCurrInterface ( void )
-{
-  if ( currInterface < 0 )
-  {
-    fprintf ( stderr, "PUI: No Interface!\n" ) ;
-    return NULL ;
-  }
-
-  return interfaceStack [ currInterface ] ;
-}
-
-void puInterface::remove ( puObject *obj )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL )
-    return ;
-
-  /* Are we the first object in the list */
-
-  if ( obj -> prev == NULL )
-    dlist = obj -> next ;
-  else
-    obj -> prev -> next = obj -> next ;
-
-  /* Are we the last object in the list */
-
-  if ( obj -> next != NULL )
-    obj -> next -> prev = obj -> prev ;
-
-  obj -> next = NULL ;
-  obj -> prev = NULL ;
-
-  num_children-- ;
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-void puInterface::add ( puObject *new_obj )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL )
-  {
-    dlist = new_obj ;
-    new_obj -> next = NULL ;
-    new_obj -> prev = NULL ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    puObject *last ;
-
-    for ( last = dlist ; last->next != NULL ; last = last->next )
-      /* Search for end of list. */ ;
-
-    last -> next = new_obj ;
-    new_obj -> prev = last ;
-    new_obj -> next = NULL ;
-  }
-
-  num_children++ ;
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-int puInterface::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL || ! isVisible () || ! isActive () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  puObject *bo ;
-
-  /*
-    We have to walk the list backwards to ensure that
-    the click order is the same as the DRAW order.
-  */
-
-  for ( bo = dlist ; bo->next != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    /* Find the last object in our list. */ ;
-
-  for ( ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->prev )
-    if ( bo -> checkKey ( key, updown ) )
-      return TRUE ;
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-int puInterface::checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL || ! isVisible () || ! isActive () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  /*
-    This might be a bit redundant - but it's too hard to keep
-    track of changing abox sizes when daughter objects are
-    changing sizes.
-  */
-
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-
-  puObject *bo ;
-
-  x -= abox.min[0] ;
-  y -= abox.min[1] ;
-
-  /*
-    We have to walk the list backwards to ensure that
-    the click order is the same as the DRAW order.
-  */
-
-  for ( bo = dlist ; bo->next != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    /* Find the last object in our list. */ ;
-
-  for ( ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->prev )
-    if ( bo -> checkHit ( button, updown, x, y ) )
-      return TRUE ;
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-
-void puInterface::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( ! isVisible () )
-    return ;
-
-  for ( puObject *bo = dlist ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-  {
-    /* June 16th, 98, Shammi :
-     * The next if statement checks if the object is
-     * a menu bar and makes sure it is repositioned
-     * correctly.
-     */
-
-    if ( bo->getType() & PUCLASS_MENUBAR )
-    {
-      int obWidth, obHeight ;
-      bo -> getSize ( &obWidth, &obHeight ) ;
-      bo -> setPosition ( 0, puGetWindowHeight() - obHeight ) ;
-    }
-
-    bo -> draw ( dx + abox.min[0], dy + abox.min[1] ) ;
-  }
-}
-
-
-void puInterface::recalc_bbox ( void ) 
-{
-  puBox contents ;
-  contents . empty () ;
-
-  for ( puObject *bo = dlist ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    contents . extend ( bo -> getBBox() ) ;
-
-  if ( contents . isEmpty () )
-  {
-    abox . max[0] = abox . min[0] ;
-    abox . max[1] = abox . min[1] ;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    abox . max[0] = abox . min[0] + contents . max[0] ;
-    abox . max[1] = abox . min[1] + contents . max[1] ;
-  }
-
-  puObject::recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-
-void puInterface::doHit ( int, int, int, int )
-{
-}
-
-
-puInterface::~puInterface ()
-{
-    puPopLiveInterface () ;
-
-    puObject *bo = dlist ;
-
-    while ( bo != NULL ) {
-	puObject *tmp_bo = bo->next ;
-	delete bo ;
-	bo = tmp_bo ;
-    }
-}
-
-
-

PUI/puLocal.h

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#ifdef WIN32
-#include <windows.h>
-#else
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#include <math.h>
-
-#ifndef PU_NOT_USING_GLUT
-#include <GL/glut.h>
-#endif
-#include "pu.h"
-

PUI/puMenuBar.cxx

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void drop_down_the_menu ( puObject *b )
-{
-  puPopupMenu *p = (puPopupMenu *) b -> getUserData () ;
-
-  if ( b -> getValue () )
-    p->reveal () ;
-  else
-    p->hide () ;
-
-  for ( puObject *child = b -> getParent () -> getFirstChild () ;
-        child != NULL ; child = child -> next )
-  {
-    if (( child -> getType() & PUCLASS_BUTTON    ) != 0 && child != b ) child -> clrValue () ;
-    if (( child -> getType() & PUCLASS_POPUPMENU ) != 0 && child != p ) child -> hide     () ;
-  }
-}
-
-void puMenuBar::add_submenu ( char *str, char *items[], puCallback cb[] )
-{
-  int w, h ;
-  getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-
-  puOneShot    *b = new puOneShot ( w+10, 0, str ) ;
-  b -> setStyle ( PUSTYLE_SPECIAL_UNDERLINED ) ;
-  b -> setColourScheme ( colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][0],
-                         colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][1],
-                         colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][2],
-                         colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][3] ) ;
-  b -> setCallback ( drop_down_the_menu ) ;
-  b -> setActiveDirn ( PU_UP_AND_DOWN ) ;
-
-  puPopupMenu *p = new puPopupMenu ( w+10, 0 ) ;
-
-  b -> setUserData ( p ) ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; items[i] != NULL ; i++ )
-    p -> add_item ( items[i], cb[i] ) ;
-
-  p->close () ;
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-void puMenuBar::close (void)
-{
-  puInterface::close () ;
-
-  if ( dlist == NULL )
-    return ;
-
-  int width = 0 ;
-  puObject *ob ;
-
-  /*
-    Use alternate objects - which gets the puOneShot/puPopupMenu pairs
-  */
-
-  for ( ob = dlist ; ob != NULL ; ob = ob -> next )
-  {
-    int w, h ;
-
-    /* Reposition the button so it looks nice */
-
-    ob -> getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-    ob -> setPosition ( width, 0 ) ;
-    ob = ob -> next ;
-
-    /* Reposition the submenu so it sits under the button */
-
-    int w2, h2 ;
-    ob -> getSize ( &w2, &h2 ) ;
-    ob -> setPosition ( width, -h2 ) ;
-
-    /* Next please! */
-    width += w ;
-  }
-
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puObject.cxx

@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-inline float clamp01 ( float x )
-{
-  return (x >= 1.0f) ? 1.0f : x ;
-}
-
-static void load_colour_scheme ( float col[][4], float r, float g,
-                                                 float b, float a )
-{
-  puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_FOREGROUND ], r, g, b, a ) ;
-  puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_BACKGROUND ], r/2, g/2, b/2, a ) ;
-  puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_HIGHLIGHT  ], clamp01(r*1.3f), clamp01(g*1.3f),
-                                             clamp01(b*1.3f), a ) ;
-
-  if ( 4 * g + 3 * r + b > 0.5 )
-    puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_LEGEND ], 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, a ) ;
-  else
-    puSetColour ( col [ PUCOL_LEGEND ], 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, a ) ;
-}
-
-
-static int    defaultStyle = PUSTYLE_DEFAULT ;
-static puFont defaultLegendFont = NULL ;
-static puFont defaultLabelFont  = NULL ;
-static float  defaultColourScheme [ 4 ] ;
-
-void puSetDefaultStyle ( int  style ) { defaultStyle = style ; }
-int   puGetDefaultStyle ( void ) { return defaultStyle ; }
-
-void puSetDefaultFonts ( puFont legendFont, puFont labelFont )
-{
-  defaultLegendFont = legendFont ;
-  defaultLabelFont  = labelFont ;
-}
-
-void puGetDefaultFonts ( puFont *legendFont, puFont *labelFont )
-{
-  if ( legendFont ) *legendFont = defaultLegendFont ;
-  if ( labelFont  ) *labelFont  = defaultLabelFont  ;
-}
-
-void puSetDefaultColourScheme ( float r, float g, float b, float a )
-{
-  defaultColourScheme[0] = r ;
-  defaultColourScheme[1] = g ;
-  defaultColourScheme[2] = b ;
-  defaultColourScheme[3] = a ;
-  load_colour_scheme ( _puDefaultColourTable, r, g, b, a ) ;
-}
-
-void puGetDefaultColourScheme ( float *r, float *g, float *b, float *a )
-{
-  if ( r ) *r = defaultColourScheme[0] ;
-  if ( g ) *g = defaultColourScheme[1] ;
-  if ( b ) *b = defaultColourScheme[2] ;
-  if ( a ) *a = defaultColourScheme[3] ;
-}
-
-
-
-void puObject::setColourScheme ( float r, float g, float b, float a )
-{
-  load_colour_scheme ( colour, r, g, b, a ) ;
-}
-
-puObject::puObject ( int minx, int miny, int maxx, int maxy ) : puValue ()
-{
-  type |= PUCLASS_OBJECT ;
-  bbox.min[0] = abox.min[0] = minx ;
-  bbox.min[1] = abox.min[1] = miny ;
-  bbox.max[0] = abox.max[0] = maxx ;
-  bbox.max[1] = abox.max[1] = maxy ;
-
-  active_mouse_edge = PU_UP ;
-  style      = defaultStyle ;
-  visible = active  = TRUE  ;
-  highlighted       = FALSE ;
-  am_default        = FALSE ;
-
-  cb          = NULL ;
-  user_data   = NULL ;
-  next = prev = NULL ;
-  label       = NULL ;
-  labelPlace  = PUPLACE_DEFAULT   ;
-  labelFont   = defaultLabelFont  ;
-  legend      = NULL ;
-  legendFont  = defaultLegendFont ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; i < PUCOL_MAX ; i++ )
-    puSetColour ( colour[i], _puDefaultColourTable[i] ) ;
-
-  if ( ! puNoInterface() )
-  {
-    parent = puGetCurrInterface() ;
-    parent -> add ( this ) ;
-  }
-  else
-    parent = NULL ;
-}
-
-
-puObject::~puObject ()
-{
-  if ( parent != this && parent != NULL )
-    parent -> remove ( this ) ;
-}
-
-void puObject::recalc_bbox ( void )
-{
-  bbox = abox ;
-
-  if ( label != NULL )
-    switch ( labelPlace )
-    {
-      case PUPLACE_ABOVE : bbox.max[1] += puGetStringHeight ( getLabelFont() ) + puGetStringDescender ( getLabelFont () ) + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP ; break ;
-      case PUPLACE_BELOW : bbox.min[1] -= puGetStringHeight ( getLabelFont() ) + puGetStringDescender ( getLabelFont () ) + PUSTR_TGAP + PUSTR_BGAP ; break ;
-      case PUPLACE_LEFT  : bbox.min[0] -= puGetStringWidth  ( getLabelFont(), getLabel() ) + PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_RGAP ; break ;
-      case PUPLACE_RIGHT : bbox.max[0] += puGetStringWidth  ( getLabelFont(), getLabel() ) + PUSTR_LGAP + PUSTR_RGAP ; break ;
-    }
-
-  if ( parent != NULL )
-    parent -> recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-void puObject::draw_label ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label */
-
-  if ( active )
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ] ) ;
-  else
-    glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ][0],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ][1],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ][2],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LABEL ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-  switch ( labelPlace )
-  {
-    case PUPLACE_ABOVE : puDrawString ( labelFont, label, dx + abox.min[0] + PUSTR_LGAP, dy + abox.max[1] + puGetStringDescender(labelFont) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ; break ;
-    case PUPLACE_BELOW : puDrawString ( labelFont, label, dx + abox.min[0] + PUSTR_LGAP, dy + bbox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender(labelFont) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ; break ;
-    case PUPLACE_LEFT  : puDrawString ( labelFont, label, dx + bbox.min[0] + PUSTR_LGAP, dy + abox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender(labelFont) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ; break ;
-    case PUPLACE_RIGHT : puDrawString ( labelFont, label, dx + abox.max[0] + PUSTR_LGAP, dy + abox.min[1] + puGetStringDescender(labelFont) + PUSTR_BGAP ) ; break ;
-  }
-}
-
-
-int puObject::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  if ( updown == PU_UP )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  if ( isReturnDefault() && ( key == '\r' || key == '\n' ) )
-  {
-    checkHit ( PU_LEFT_BUTTON, PU_DOWN, (abox.min[0]+abox.max[0])/2,
-                                        (abox.min[1]+abox.max[1])/2 ) ;
-    checkHit ( PU_LEFT_BUTTON, PU_UP  , (abox.min[0]+abox.max[0])/2,
-                                        (abox.min[1]+abox.max[1])/2 ) ;
-    return TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-
-void puObject::doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  (x,x);(y,y);
-
-  if ( button == PU_LEFT_BUTTON )
-  {
-    if ( updown == active_mouse_edge || active_mouse_edge == PU_UP_AND_DOWN )
-    {
-      lowlight () ;
-      invokeCallback () ;
-    }
-    else
-      highlight () ;
-  }
-  else
-    lowlight () ;
-}
-
-int puObject::checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( isHit( x, y ) )
-  {
-    doHit ( button, updown, x, y ) ;
-    return TRUE ;
-  }
-
-  lowlight () ;
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
- 
-char *puValue::getTypeString ( void )
-{
-  int i = getType () ;
-
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_DIALOGBOX   ) return "puDialogBox" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_SLIDER      ) return "puSlider" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_BUTTONBOX   ) return "puButtonBox" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_INPUT       ) return "puInput" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_MENUBAR     ) return "puMenuBar" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_POPUPMENU   ) return "puPopupMenu" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_POPUP       ) return "puPopup" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_ONESHOT     ) return "puOneShot" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_BUTTON      ) return "puButton" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_TEXT        ) return "puText" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_FRAME       ) return "puFrame" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_INTERFACE   ) return "puInterface" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_OBJECT      ) return "puObject" ;
-  if ( i & PUCLASS_VALUE       ) return "puValue" ;
-
-  return "Unknown Object type." ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puOneShot.cxx

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puOneShot::doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  puButton::doHit ( button, updown, x, y ) ;
-  setValue ( 0 ) ;
-}
-

PUI/puPopup.cxx

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-

PUI/puPopupMenu.cxx

@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-#define PUMENU_BUTTON_HEIGHT       25
-#define PUMENU_BUTTON_EXTRA_WIDTH  25
-
-puObject *puPopupMenu::add_item ( char *str, puCallback cb )
-{
-  int w, h ;
-  getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-  puOneShot *b = new puOneShot ( 0, h, str ) ;
-  b->setStyle        ( PUSTYLE_PLAIN ) ;
-  b->setColourScheme ( colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][0],
-		       colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][1],
-		       colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][2],
-		       colour[PUCOL_FOREGROUND][3] ) ;
-  b->setCallback     ( cb ) ;
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-  return b ;
-}
-
-void puPopupMenu::close ( void )
-{
-  puPopup::close () ;
-
-  int widest = 0 ;
-  puObject *ob = dlist ;
-
-  /*
-   * June 17th, 1998, Shammi
-   * There seems to be some mismatch with the
-   * #define pumenusize and the actual size
-   * There seems to be some overlap resulting
-   * in more than one option being highlighted.
-   * By setting the size to the actual values,
-   * the overlap area seems to be less now.
-   */
-
-  int w, h ;
-
-  for ( ob = dlist ; ob != NULL ; ob = ob -> next )
-  {
-    ob -> getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-
-    if ( w > widest ) widest = w ;
-  }
-
-  for ( ob = dlist ; ob != NULL ; ob = ob -> next )
-  {
-    ob -> getSize ( &w, &h ) ;
-    ob -> setSize ( widest, h ) ;
-  }
-
-  recalc_bbox () ;
-}
-
-
-int puPopupMenu::checkKey ( int key, int updown )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL || ! isVisible () || ! isActive () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  if ( updown == PU_DOWN )
-  {
-    hide () ;
-
-    /* Turn everything off ready for next time. */
-
-    for ( puObject *bo = dlist ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-      bo -> clrValue () ;
-  }
-
-  puObject *bo ;
-
-  /*
-    We have to walk the list backwards to ensure that
-    the click order is the same as the DRAW order.
-  */
-
-  for ( bo = dlist ; bo->next != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    /* Find the last object in our list. */ ;
-
-  for ( ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->prev )
-    if ( bo -> checkKey ( key, updown ) )
-      return TRUE ;
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-
-int puPopupMenu::checkHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( dlist == NULL || ! isVisible () || ! isActive () )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  /* Must test 'isHit' before making the menu invisible! */
-
-  int hit = isHit ( x, y ) ;
-
-  /*
-   * June 17th, 1998, Shammi :
-   * There seemed to be a miscalculation with the menus initially
-   * Therefore I moved the recalculation stuff before the clearing.
-   */
-
-  /*
-    This might be a bit redundant - but it's too hard to keep
-    track of changing abox sizes when daughter objects are
-    changing sizes.
-  */
-
-  recalc_bbox();
-  x -= abox.min[0] ;
-  y -= abox.min[1] ;
-
-  /*
-   * June 17th, 1998, Shammi :
-   * Also clear the menu when the dragging the mouse and not hit.
-   */
-
-  if (   updown == active_mouse_edge || active_mouse_edge == PU_UP_AND_DOWN ||
-       ( updown == PU_DRAG && !hit ) )
-  {
-
-    /* June 17th, 1998, Shammi :
-     * Do not hide the menu if mouse is dragged out
-     */
-
-    if ( updown != PU_DRAG )
-      hide () ;
-
-    /* Turn everything off ready for next time. */
-
-    /* June 17th, 1998, Shammi:
-     * Make sure we check for a hit, if the mouse is moved
-     * out of the menu.
-     */
-
-    for ( puObject *bo = dlist ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    {
-      if ( ! hit )
-	bo -> checkHit ( button, updown, x , y ) ;
-
-      bo -> clrValue () ;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if ( ! hit )
-    return FALSE ;
-
-  puObject *bo ;
-  
-  /*
-    We have to walk the list backwards to ensure that
-    the click order is the same as the DRAW order.
-  */
-
-  /* June 17th, 1998, Shammi :
-   * If the mouse is dragged and the menuItem is not hit, 
-   * clear it
-   */
-
-  for ( bo = dlist ; bo->next != NULL ; bo = bo->next )
-    if ( updown == PU_DRAG && ! bo -> checkHit ( button, updown, x, y ) )
-      bo -> clrValue () ;
-
-    /* Find the last object in our list. */ ;
-
-  for ( ; bo != NULL ; bo = bo->prev )
-    if ( bo -> checkHit ( button, updown, x, y ) )
-      return TRUE ;
-
-  return FALSE ;
-}
-
-

PUI/puSlider.cxx

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puSlider::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  if ( !visible ) return ;
-
-  abox . draw ( dx, dy,
-                (style==PUSTYLE_BEVELLED||
-                 style==PUSTYLE_SHADED) ? -PUSTYLE_BOXED : -style,
-                colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-  int sd, od ;
-
-  if ( isVertical() ) { sd = 1 ; od = 0 ; } else { sd = 0 ; od = 1 ; }
-
-  int sz = abox.max [sd] - abox.min [sd] ;
-
-  float val ;
-
-  getValue ( & val ) ;
-
-  if ( val < 0.0f ) val = 0.0f ;
-  if ( val > 1.0f ) val = 1.0f ;
-
-  val *= (float) sz * (1.0f - slider_fraction) ;
-
-  puBox bx ;
-    
-  bx . min [ sd ] = abox . min [ sd ] + (int) val ;
-  bx . max [ sd ] = (int) ( (float) bx . min [ sd ] + (float) sz * slider_fraction ) ;
-  bx . min [ od ] = abox . min [ od ] + 2 ;
-  bx . max [ od ] = abox . max [ od ] - 2 ;
-
-  bx . draw ( dx, dy, PUSTYLE_SMALL_SHADED, colour, FALSE ) ;
-
-  /* If greyed out then halve the opacity when drawing the label and legend */
-
-  if ( active )
-    glColor4fv ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ] ) ;
-  else
-    glColor4f ( colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][0],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][1],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][2],
-                colour [ PUCOL_LEGEND ][3] / 2.0f ) ; /* 50% more transparent */
-
-  int xx = ( abox.max[0] - abox.min[0] - puGetStringWidth(legendFont,legend) ) / 2 ;
-  int yy = ( abox.max[1] - abox.min[1] - puGetStringHeight(legendFont) ) / 2 ;
-
-  puDrawString ( legendFont, legend,
-                  dx + abox.min[0] + xx,
-                  dy + abox.min[1] + yy ) ;
-
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-
-
-void puSlider::doHit ( int button, int updown, int x, int y )
-{
-  if ( button == PU_LEFT_BUTTON )
-  {
-    int sd = isVertical() ;
-    int sz = abox.max [sd] - abox.min [sd] ;
-    int coord = isVertical() ? y : x ;
-
-    float next_value ;
-
-    if ( sz == 0 )
-      next_value = 0.5f ;
-    else
-    {
-      next_value = ( (float)coord - (float)abox.min[sd] - (float)sz * slider_fraction / 2.0f ) /
-                   ( (float) sz * (1.0f - slider_fraction) ) ;
-    }
-
-    next_value = (next_value < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (next_value > 1.0) ? 1.0f : next_value ;
-
-    setValue ( next_value ) ;
-
-    switch ( cb_mode )
-    {
-      case PUSLIDER_CLICK :
-        if ( updown == active_mouse_edge )
-        {
-	  last_cb_value = next_value ;
-	  invokeCallback () ;
-        }
-        break ;
-
-      case PUSLIDER_DELTA :
-        if ( fabs ( last_cb_value - next_value ) >= cb_delta )
-        {
-	  last_cb_value = next_value ;
-	  invokeCallback () ;
-        }
-        break ;
-
-      case PUSLIDER_ALWAYS :
-      default :
-        last_cb_value = next_value ;
-        invokeCallback () ;
-        break ;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-

PUI/puText.cxx

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-#include "puLocal.h"
-
-void puText::draw ( int dx, int dy )
-{
-  draw_label ( dx, dy ) ;
-}
-

Serial/Makefile.am

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-bin_PROGRAMS = testserial
-
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libSerial.a
-
-libSerial_a_SOURCES = serial.cxx serial.hxx
-
-testserial_SOURCES = testserial.cxx
-
-testserial_LDADD = \
-	$(top_builddir)/Lib/Serial/libSerial.a \
-	$(top_builddir)/Lib/Debug/libDebug.a
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_builddir)/Lib

SimGear.spec.in

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+%define ver	@VERSION@
+%define rel	1
+%define prefix	/usr
+
+Summary:	Simulator Construction Gear.
+Name:		@PACKAGE@
+Version:	%ver
+Release:	%rel
+Copyright:	LGPL
+Group:		Libraries/Graphics
+Source:		%{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
+#URL:		
+BuildRoot:	/tmp/%{name}-%{version}-%{rel}-root
+Packager:	Fill In As You Wish
+Docdir:		%{prefix}/doc
+
+%description
+This package contains a tools and libraries useful for constructing 
+simulation and visualization applications such as FlightGear or TerraGear. 
+
+Authors:
+	N/A
+
+%prep
+%setup -n %{name}-%{version}
+
+
+%build
+# Needed for snapshot releases.
+if [ ! -f configure ]; then
+	CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./autogen.sh --prefix=%prefix
+else
+	CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./configure --prefix=%prefix
+fi
+
+if [ "$SMP" != "" ]; then
+	JSMP	= '"MAKE=make -k -j $SMP"'
+fi
+
+make ${JSMP};
+
+
+%install
+[ -d ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT} ] && rm -rf ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}
+
+make prefix=${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{prefix} install
+
+#
+# Generating file lists and store them in file-lists
+# Starting with the directory listings
+#
+find ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{prefix}/{bin,include,lib} -type d | sed "s#^${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}#\%attr (-\,root\,root) \%dir #" > file-lists
+%{?ETCDR:find ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{!?SYSCF:%{prefix}}/etc -type d | sed "s#^${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}#\%attr (-\,root\,root) \%dir #" >> file-lists}
+
+#
+# Then, the file listings
+#
+echo "%defattr (-, root, root)" >> file-lists
+%{?ETCDR:find ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{!?SYSCF:%{prefix}}/etc/%{name}.conf -type f | sed -e "s#^${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}#%config #g" >> file-lists}
+find ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}%{prefix} -type f | sed -e "s#^${RPM_BUILD_ROOT}##g" >> file-lists
+
+
+%clean
+(cd ..; rm -rf %{name}-%{version} ${RPM_BUILD_ROOT})
+
+
+%files -f file-lists
+%defattr (-, root, root)
+%doc AUTHORS
+%doc COPYING
+%doc ChangeLog
+%doc INSTALL
+%doc NEWS
+%doc README
+%doc %{name}.spec.in
+

XGL/Makefile.am

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-lib_LIBRARIES = libXGL.a
-
-libXGL_a_SOURCES = xgl.c xgl.h xglUtils.c
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_builddir)/Simulator

acconfig.h

@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+/* acconfig.h
+   This file is in the public domain.
+
+   Descriptive text for the C preprocessor macros that
+   the distributed Autoconf macros can define.
+   No software package will use all of them; autoheader copies the ones
+   your configure.in uses into your configuration header file templates.
+
+   The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
+   ignoring punctuation (such as underscores).  Although this order
+   can split up related entries, it makes it easier to check whether
+   a given entry is in the file.
+
+   Leave the following blank line there!!  Autoheader needs it.  */
+
+
+/* Define if on AIX 3.
+   System headers sometimes define this.
+   We just want to avoid a redefinition error message.  */
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+#undef _ALL_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* Define if using alloca.c.  */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if type char is unsigned and you are not using gcc.  */
+#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
+#undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
+#endif
+
+/* Define if the closedir function returns void instead of int.  */
+#undef CLOSEDIR_VOID
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
+   This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.  */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define for DGUX with <sys/dg_sys_info.h>.  */
+#undef DGUX
+
+/* Define if you have <dirent.h>.  */
+#undef DIRENT
+
+/* Define to enable audio support */
+#undef ENABLE_AUDIO_SUPPORT
+
+/* Define to enable GLUT joystick support (limited to 3 axes) */
+#undef ENABLE_GLUT_JOYSTICK
+   
+/* Define to enable plib joystick support (recommended) */
+#undef ENABLE_PLIB_JOYSTICK
+   
+/* Define to eliminate all trace of debugging messages such as for a 
+   release build */
+#undef FG_NDEBUG
+   
+/* Define to include Oliver's networking support */
+#undef FG_NETWORK_OLK
+   
+/* Define to avoid Christian's new weather code */
+#undef FG_OLD_WEATHER
+   
+/* Define if we are building FGFS (should always be defined) */
+#undef FGFS
+   
+/* Define to enable 3dfx/glide render in a window hack under unix.
+   This probably won't work under windows. */
+#undef XMESA
+#undef FX
+
+/* Define to the type of elements in the array set by `getgroups'.
+   Usually this is either `int' or `gid_t'.  */
+#undef GETGROUPS_T
+
+/* Define if the `getloadavg' function needs to be run setuid or setgid.  */
+#undef GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
+
+/* Define if the `getpgrp' function takes no argument.  */
+#undef GETPGRP_VOID
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef gid_t
+
+/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro.  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you external variables daylight.  */
+#undef HAVE_DAYLIGHT
+
+/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt.  */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define if your system has a working fnmatch function.  */
+#undef HAVE_FNMATCH
+
+/* Define if your system has its own `getloadavg' function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+
+/* Define if you have getrusage() */
+#undef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+
+/* Define if you have the getmntent function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETMNTENT
+
+/* Define if you have the gpc library and headers installed.  */
+#undef HAVE_GPC_H
+
+/* Define if the `long double' type works.  */
+#undef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Define if you support file names longer than 14 characters.  */
+#undef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call.  */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define if system calls automatically restart after interruption
+   by a signal.  */
+#undef HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
+
+/* Define if you have rint() which rounds to closest int but returns
+   result as a double data type.  */
+#undef HAVE_RINT
+
+/* Define if your struct stat has st_blksize.  */
+#undef HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
+
+/* Define if your struct stat has st_blocks.  */
+#undef HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
+
+/* Define if you have the strcoll function and it is properly defined.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRCOLL
+
+/* Define if your struct stat has st_rdev.  */
+#undef HAVE_ST_RDEV
+
+/* Define if you have the strftime function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRFTIME
+
+/* Define if you have <sys/param.h>  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have <sys/stat.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Define if you have timegm() */
+#undef HAVE_TIMEGM
+
+/* Define if you external variables timezone.  */
+#undef HAVE_TIMEZONE
+
+/* Define if your struct tm has tm_zone.  */
+#undef HAVE_TM_ZONE
+
+/* Define if you don't have tm_zone but do have the external array
+   tzname.  */
+#undef HAVE_TZNAME
+
+/* Define if you have <unistd.h>.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if utime(file, NULL) sets file's timestamp to the present.  */
+#undef HAVE_UTIME_NULL
+
+/* Define if you have <vfork.h>.  */
+#undef HAVE_VFORK_H
+
+/* Define if you have the vprintf function.  */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the wait3 system call.  */
+#undef HAVE_WAIT3
+
+/* Define if you have gdbm installed system wide.  */
+#undef HAVE_GDBM
+
+/* Define if you have zlib installed system wide.  */
+#undef HAVE_ZLIB
+
+/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it.  */
+#undef inline
+
+/* Define if int is 16 bits instead of 32.  */
+#undef INT_16_BITS
+
+/* Define if long int is 64 bits.  */
+#undef LONG_64_BITS
+
+/* Define if major, minor, and makedev are declared in <mkdev.h>.  */
+#undef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
+
+/* Define if major, minor, and makedev are declared in <sysmacros.h>.  */
+#undef MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
+
+/* Define if on MINIX.  */
+#undef _MINIX
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef mode_t
+
+/* Define if you don't have <dirent.h>, but have <ndir.h>.  */
+#undef NDIR
+
+/* Define if you have <memory.h>, and <string.h> doesn't declare the
+   mem* functions.  */
+#undef NEED_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define if your struct nlist has an n_un member.  */
+#undef NLIST_NAME_UNION
+
+/* Define if you have <nlist.h>.  */
+#undef NLIST_STRUCT
+
+/* Define if your C compiler doesn't accept -c and -o together.  */
+#undef NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define to package name */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef pid_t
+
+/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except
+   with this defined.  */
+#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work.  */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
+#undef RETSIGTYPE
+
+/* Define if the `setpgrp' function takes no argument.  */
+#undef SETPGRP_VOID
+
+/* Define if the setvbuf function takes the buffering type as its second
+   argument and the buffer pointer as the third, as on System V
+   before release 3.  */
+#undef SETVBUF_REVERSED
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at run-time.
+	STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
+ */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly.  */
+#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define on System V Release 4.  */
+#undef SVR4
+
+/* Define if you don't have <dirent.h>, but have <sys/dir.h>.  */
+#undef SYSDIR
+
+/* Define if you don't have <dirent.h>, but have <sys/ndir.h>.  */
+#undef SYSNDIR
+
+/* Define if `sys_siglist' is declared by <signal.h>.  */
+#undef SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
+
+/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>.  */
+#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm.  */
+#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef uid_t
+
+/* Define for Encore UMAX.  */
+#undef UMAX
+
+/* Define for Encore UMAX 4.3 that has <inq_status/cpustats.h>
+   instead of <sys/cpustats.h>.  */
+#undef UMAX4_3
+
+/* Define if you do not have <strings.h>, index, bzero, etc..  */
+#undef USG
+
+/* Define to version number */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Define vfork as fork if vfork does not work.  */
+#undef vfork
+
+/* Define if the closedir function returns void instead of int.  */
+#undef VOID_CLOSEDIR
+
+/* Define if compiling on a Winbloze (95, NT, etc.) platform */
+#undef WIN32
+
+/* Define if your processor stores words with the most significant
+   byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX).  */
+#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+
+/* Define if the X Window System is missing or not being used.  */
+#undef X_DISPLAY_MISSING
+
+/* Define if lex declares yytext as a char * by default, not a char[].  */
+#undef YYTEXT_POINTER
+
+
+/* Leave that blank line there!!  Autoheader needs it.
+   If you're adding to this file, keep in mind:
+   The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
+   ignoring punctuation (such as underscores).  */
+

aclocal.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.4
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# Do all the work for Automake.  This macro actually does too much --
+# some checks are only needed if your package does certain things.
+# But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+# serial 1
+
+dnl Usage:
+dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version, [no-define])
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
+PACKAGE=[$1]
+AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
+VERSION=[$2]
+AC_SUBST(VERSION)
+dnl test to see if srcdir already configured
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
+fi
+ifelse([$3],,
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package]))
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])
+dnl FIXME This is truly gross.
+missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal, $missing_dir)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf, $missing_dir)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake, $missing_dir)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader, $missing_dir)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, $missing_dir)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])])
+
+#
+# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.
+#
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_SANITY_CHECK,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftestfile
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+   set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null`
+   if test "[$]*" = "X"; then
+      # -L didn't work.
+      set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile`
+   fi
+   if test "[$]*" != "X $srcdir/configure conftestfile" \
+      && test "[$]*" != "X conftestfile $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+      # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls.  This can happen
+      # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+      # broken ls alias from the environment.  This has actually
+      # happened.  Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+      AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail.  Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment])
+   fi
+
+   test "[$]2" = conftestfile
+   )
+then
+   # Ok.
+   :
+else
+   AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock])
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
+
+dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM, DIRECTORY)
+dnl The program must properly implement --version.
+AC_DEFUN(AM_MISSING_PROG,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING(for working $2)
+# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
+# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
+# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf.  Sigh.
+if ($2 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+   $1=$2
+   AC_MSG_RESULT(found)
+else
+   $1="$3/missing $2"
+   AC_MSG_RESULT(missing)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)])
+
+# Define a conditional.
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_CONDITIONAL,
+[AC_SUBST($1_TRUE)
+AC_SUBST($1_FALSE)
+if $2; then
+  $1_TRUE=
+  $1_FALSE='#'
+else
+  $1_TRUE='#'
+  $1_FALSE=
+fi])
+
+# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file.
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER,
+[AC_PREREQ([2.12])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1])
+dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+dnl that is generated.  We must strip everything past the first ":",
+dnl and everything past the last "/".
+AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+ifelse(patsubst(<<$1>>, <<[^ ]>>, <<>>), <<>>,
+<<test -z "<<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl>>,
+<<am_indx=1
+for am_file in <<$1>>; do
+  case " <<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS " in
+  *" <<$>>am_file "*<<)>>
+    echo timestamp > `echo <<$>>am_file | sed -e 's%:.*%%' -e 's%[^/]*$%%'`stamp-h$am_indx
+    ;;
+  esac
+  am_indx=`expr "<<$>>am_indx" + 1`
+done<<>>dnl>>)
+changequote([,]))])
+

acsite.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+dnl
+dnl originally from ncftp 2.3.0
+dnl added wi_EXTRA_PDIR and wi_ANSI_C
+dnl $Id$
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_EXTRA_IDIR, [
+incdir="$1"
+if test -r $incdir ; then
+	case "$CPPFLAGS" in
+		*-I${incdir}*)
+			# echo "   + already had $incdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+		*)
+			if test "$CPPFLAGS" = "" ; then
+				CPPFLAGS="-I$incdir"
+			else
+				CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$incdir"
+			fi
+			echo "   + found $incdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+	esac
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_EXTRA_LDIR, [
+mylibdir="$1"
+if test -r $mylibdir ; then
+	case "$LDFLAGS" in
+		*-L${mylibdir}*)
+			# echo "   + already had $mylibdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+		*)
+			if test "$LDFLAGS" = "" ; then
+				LDFLAGS="-L$mylibdir"
+			else
+				LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$mylibdir"
+			fi
+			echo "   + found $mylibdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+	esac
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl __FP__
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_EXTRA_PDIR, [
+progdir="$1"
+if test -r $progdir ; then
+	case "$PATH" in
+		*:${progdir}*)
+			# echo "   + already had $progdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+		*${progdir}:*)
+			# echo "   + already had $progdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+		*)
+			if test "$PATH" = "" ; then
+				PATH="$progdir"
+			else
+				PATH="$PATH:$progdir"
+			fi
+			echo "   + found $progdir" 1>&6
+			;;
+	esac
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl If you want to also look for include and lib subdirectories in the
+dnl $HOME tree, you supply "yes" as the first argument to this macro.
+dnl
+dnl If you want to look for subdirectories in include/lib directories,
+dnl you pass the names in argument 3, otherwise pass a dash.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_EXTRA_DIRS, [echo "checking for extra include and lib directories..." 1>&6
+ifelse([$1], yes, [dnl
+b1=`cd .. ; pwd`
+b2=`cd ../.. ; pwd`
+exdirs="$HOME $j $b1 $b2 $prefix $2"
+],[dnl
+exdirs="$prefix $2"
+])
+subexdirs="$3"
+if test "$subexdirs" = "" ; then
+	subexdirs="-"
+fi
+for subexdir in $subexdirs ; do
+if test "$subexdir" = "-" ; then
+	subexdir=""
+else
+	subexdir="/$subexdir"
+fi
+for exdir in $exdirs ; do
+	if test "$exdir" != "/usr" || test "$subexdir" != ""; then
+		incdir="${exdir}/include${subexdir}"
+		wi_EXTRA_IDIR($incdir)
+
+		mylibdir="${exdir}/lib${subexdir}"
+		wi_EXTRA_LDIR($mylibdir)
+
+		progdir="${exdir}/bin${subexdirr}"
+		wi_EXTRA_PDIR($progdir)
+	fi
+done
+done
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_HPUX_CFLAGS,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING(if HP-UX ansi C compiler flags are needed)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+os=`uname -s | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`
+ac_cv_hpux_flags=no
+if test "$os" = hp-ux ; then
+	if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes ; then
+		if test "$CFLAGS" != "" ; then
+			# Shouldn't be in there.
+			CFLAGS=`echo "$CFLAGS" | sed 's/-Aa//g'`
+		fi
+	else
+		# If you're not using gcc, then you better have a cc/c89
+		# that is usable.  If you have the barebones compiler, it
+		# won't work.  The good compiler uses -Aa for the ANSI
+		# compatible stuff.
+		x=`echo $CFLAGS | grep 'Aa' 2>/dev/null`
+		if test "$x" = "" ; then
+			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Aa"
+		fi
+		ac_cv_hpux_flags=yes
+	fi
+	# Also add _HPUX_SOURCE to get the extended namespace.
+	x=`echo $CFLAGS | grep '_HPUX_SOURCE' 2>/dev/null`
+	if test "$x" = "" ; then
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_HPUX_SOURCE"
+	fi
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_hpux_flags)
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_CFLAGS, [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+wi_HPUX_CFLAGS
+	if test "$CFLAGS" = "" ; then
+		CFLAGS="-O"
+	elif test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = "yes" ; then
+		case "$CFLAGS" in
+			*"-g -O"*)
+				#echo "using -g as default gcc CFLAGS" 1>&6
+				CFLAGS=`echo $CFLAGS | sed 's/-g\ -O/-O/'`
+				;;
+			*"-O -g"*)
+				# Leave the -g, but remove all -O options.
+				#echo "using -g as default gcc CFLAGS" 1>&6
+				CFLAGS=`echo $CFLAGS | sed 's/-O\ -g/-O/'`
+				;;
+		esac
+	fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_PROTOTYPES, [
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if the compiler supports function prototypes)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[extern void exit(int status);],[wi_cv_prototypes=yes
+AC_DEFINE(PROTOTYPES)],wi_cv_prototypes=no)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($wi_cv_prototypes)
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_ANSI_C, [
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(ANSI-style function definitions)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[int blubb(int x) { return 0; }],[wi_cv_ansi_funcs=yes
+AC_DEFINE(ANSI_FUNCS)],wi_cv_ansi_funcs=no)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($wi_cv_ansi_funcs)
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_HEADER_SYS_SELECT_H, [
+# See if <sys/select.h> is includable after <sys/time.h>
+if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_time_h" = no ; then
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h sys/select.h)
+else
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/select.h)
+fi
+if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_select_h" = yes ; then
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING([if <sys/select.h> is compatible with <sys/time.h>])
+	selecth=yes
+	if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_time_h" = yes ; then
+		AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/time.h>
+		#include <sys/select.h>],[
+		fd_set a;
+		struct timeval tmval;
+
+		tmval.tv_sec = 0;],selecth=yes,selecth=no)
+
+		if test "$selecth" = yes ; then
+			AC_DEFINE(CAN_USE_SYS_SELECT_H)
+		fi
+	fi
+	AC_MSG_RESULT($selecth)
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_LIB_RESOLV, [
+# See if we could access two well-known sites without help of any special
+# libraries, like resolv.
+
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+ 
+main()
+{
+	struct hostent *hp1, *hp2;
+	int result;
+
+	hp1 = gethostbyname("gatekeeper.dec.com");
+	hp2 = gethostbyname("ftp.ncsa.uiuc.edu");
+	result = ((hp1 != (struct hostent *) 0) && (hp2 != (struct hostent *) 0));
+	exit(! result);
+}],look_for_resolv=no,look_for_resolv=yes,look_for_resolv=yes)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if we need to look for -lresolv])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($look_for_resolv)
+if test "$look_for_resolv" = yes ; then
+AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv,main)
+else
+	ac_cv_lib_resolv=no
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(wi_LIB_NSL, [
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if we can use -lnsl)
+ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS";
+LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl";
+AC_CACHE_VAL(r_cv_use_libnsl, [
+AC_TRY_RUN(
+main() { if (getpwuid(getuid())) exit(0); exit(-1); },
+nc_cv_use_libnsl=yes, nc_cv_use_libnsl=no, nc_cv_use_libnsl=no)
+])
+if test "$nc_cv_use_libnsl" = "no"; then LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"; fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($nc_cv_use_libnsl)
+])dnl
+
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(nc_PATH_PROG_ZCAT, [
+AC_PATH_PROG(GZCAT,gzcat)
+AC_PATH_PROG(ZCAT,zcat)
+if test "x$GZCAT" = x ; then
+	if test "x$ZCAT" != x ; then
+		# See if zcat is really gzcat.  gzcat has a --version option, regular
+		# zcat does not.
+		AC_MSG_CHECKING(if zcat is really gzcat in disguise)
+		if $ZCAT --version 2> /dev/null ; then
+			AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GZCAT, "$ZCAT")
+			AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+		else
+			AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+		fi
+	fi
+else
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GZCAT, "$GZCAT")
+fi
+
+if test "x$ZCAT" != x ; then
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ZCAT, "$ZCAT")
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_SYSV_EXTRA_DIRS, [
+# Use System V because their curses extensions are required.  This must
+# be done early so we use the -I and -L in the library checks also.
+# This is mostly a Solaris/SunOS hack.  Note that doing this will also
+# use all of the other System V libraries and headers.
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for alternative System V libraries)
+if test -f /usr/5include/curses.h ; then
+	CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/5include"
+	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/5lib"
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_DEFINE_UNAME, [
+# Get first 127 chars of all uname information.  Some folks have
+# way too much stuff there, so grab only the first 127.
+unam=`uname -a 2>/dev/null | cut -c1-127`
+if test "$unam" != "" ; then
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNAME, "$unam")
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN(wi_READLINE_WITH_NCURSES, [
+# Readline and Ncurses could both define "backspace".
+# Warn about this if we have both things in our definitions list.
+
+if test "$ac_cv_lib_readline" = yes && test "$ac_cv_lib_ncurses" = yes ; then
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if readline and ncurses will link together)
+j="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lreadline -lncurses"
+AC_TRY_LINK(,[
+readline("prompt");
+endwin();
+],k=yes,k=no)
+if test "$k" = no ; then
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+	# Remove '-lreadline' from LIBS.
+	LIBS=`echo $j | sed s/-lreadline//g`
+	ac_cv_lib_readline=no
+	AC_WARN([The versions of GNU readline and ncurses you have installed on this system
+can't be used together, because they use the same symbol, backspace. If
+possible, recompile one of the libraries with -Dbackspace=back_space, then
+re-run configure.])
+
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	LIBS="$j"
+fi
+
+fi
+])
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl
+
+dnl AC_EXT_DAYLIGHT
+dnl Check for an external variable daylight. Stolen from w3c-libwww.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_EXT_DAYLIGHT,
+[ AC_MSG_CHECKING(int daylight variable)
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>], [return daylight;],
+  have_daylight=yes,
+  have_daylight=no)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($have_daylight)
+])dnl
+
+dnl AC_EXT_TIMEZONE
+dnl Check for an external variable timezone. Stolen from tcl-8.0.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_EXT_TIMEZONE,
+[
+#
+# Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems (like convex)
+# have timezone functions, etc.
+#
+have_timezone=no
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([long timezone variable])
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+        [extern long timezone;
+         timezone += 1;
+         exit (0);],
+        [have_timezone=yes
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+
+#
+# On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long.
+#
+if test "$have_timezone" = no; then
+   AC_MSG_CHECKING([time_t timezone variable])
+   AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <time.h>],
+        [extern time_t timezone;
+         timezone += 1;
+         exit (0);],
+        [have_timezone=yes
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)],
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
+fi
+])dnl

configure.in

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+dnl Process this file with aclocal ; automake -a ; autoconf to produce a 
+dnl working configure script.
+dnl
+dnl $Id$
+
+AC_INIT(simgear/bucket/newbucket.cxx)
+
+dnl Initialize the automake stuff
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(SimGear, 0.0.7)
+
+dnl Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CXX
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_LN_S
+
+if echo $includedir | egrep "simgear$" > /dev/null; then
+    echo "includedir is" $includedir "libdir is" $libdir
+else
+    includedir="${includedir}/simgear"
+    echo "includedir changed to" $includedir "libdir is" $libdir
+fi
+
+
+dnl Run configure in the gdbm subdir
+dnl AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS( simgear/gdbm )
+
+
+dnl Specify if we want logging (testing build) or not (release build)
+# set logging default value
+# with_logging=yes
+AC_ARG_WITH(logging, [  --with-logging          Include logging output (default)])
+if test "x$with_logging" = "xno" ; then
+    AC_DEFINE(FG_NDEBUG)
+fi
+
+dnl specify if we are building with "checker"
+AC_ARG_WITH(efence, [  --with-efence           Specify if we are building with "electric-fence"])
+
+if test "x$with_efence" = "xyes" ; then
+    echo "Building with efence"
+    LIBS= "$LIBS -lefence"
+fi
+
+dnl Check for MS Windows environment
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(windows.h)
+
+dnl extra library and include directories
+EXTRA_DIRS="/usr/local /usr/local/plib /usr/X11R6"
+
+if test -d /opt/X11R6 ; then
+     EXTRA_DIRS="$EXTRA_DIRS /opt/X11R6"
+fi
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_windows_h" = "xyes" ; then
+    EXTRA_DIRS="${EXTRA_DIRS} `pwd`/Win32"
+# elif test `uname -s` = "SunOS" ; then
+#   EXTRA_DIRS="${EXTRA_DIRS} `pwd`/SunOS"
+fi
+wi_EXTRA_DIRS(no, ${EXTRA_DIRS})
+
+dnl Using AM_CONDITIONAL is a step out of the protected little 
+dnl automake fold so it is potentially dangerous.  But, we are
+dnl beginning to run into cases where the standard checks are not
+dnl enough.  AM_CONDITIONALS are then referenced to conditionally
+dnl build a Makefile.in from a Makefile.am which lets us define custom
+dnl includes, compile alternative source files, etc.
+
+dnl Enable serial support on Unix type systems
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_UNIX_SERIAL, true)
+
+dnl Check for X11 (fancy)
+AC_PATH_XTRA
+
+dnl Checks for libraries.
+
+null_LIBS="$LIBS"
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(m, cos)
+
+base_LIBS="$LIBS"
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XCreateWindow)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShmCreateImage)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(Xi, XGetExtensionVersion)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(ICE, IceOpenConnection)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(SM, SmcOpenConnection)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(Xt, XtMalloc)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(Xmu, XmuLookupStandardColormap)
+
+dnl check for OpenGL related libraries
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_windows_h" != "xyes" ; then
+    dnl Reasonable stuff for non-windoze variants ... :-)
+
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(GLcore, glNewList)
+    if test "x$ac_cv_lib_GLcore_glNewList" = "xno" ; then
+	dnl if no GLcore, check for GL
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(GL, glNewList)
+	if test "x$ac_cv_lib_GL_glNewList" = "xno" ; then
+	    dnl if no GL, check for MesaGL
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(MesaGL, glNewList)
+	fi
+    else
+	dnl if GLcore found, then also check for GL
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(GL, glXCreateContext)
+    fi
+
+    dnl if using mesa, check for xmesa.h
+    if test "x$ac_cv_lib_MesaGL_glNewList" = "xyes" ; then
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(GL/xmesa.h)
+	if test "x$ac_cv_header_GL_xmesa_h" = "xyes"; then
+	    AC_DEFINE( XMESA )
+            AC_DEFINE( FX )
+        fi
+    fi
+
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(GLU, gluLookAt)
+    if test "x$ac_cv_lib_GLU_gluLookAt" = "xno" ; then
+	dnl if no GLU, check for MesaGLU
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(MesaGLU, gluLookAt)
+    fi
+
+    dnl check for glut
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(glut, glutGetModifiers)
+
+    dnl test for glutGameModeString, but avoid adding glut a second time into
+    dnl the list of libraries
+    save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(glut, glutGameModeString)
+    LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+else
+    dnl Win32 is a little wierd because it has to try to handle the various
+    dnl winbloze-isms.  We'll just do this manually for now.
+
+    echo Win32 specific hacks...
+    AC_DEFINE(WIN32)
+
+    dnl force a failed check since we will be building under windoze
+    AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_XMESA_FX, test "no" = "yes")
+
+    dnl just define these to true and hope for the best
+    ac_cv_lib_glut_glutGetModifiers="yes"
+    ac_cv_lib_glut_glutGameModeString="yes"
+
+    if test "x$with_sgi_opengl" = "xyes" ; then
+        echo "Building with glut.dll, glu.dll, and opengl.dll"
+	WIN32_GLUT=glut
+	WIN32_GLU=glu
+	WIN32_OPENGL=opengl
+    else 
+	echo "Building with glut32.dll, glu32.dll, and opengl32.dll"
+	WIN32_GLUT=glut32
+	WIN32_GLU=glu32
+	WIN32_OPENGL=opengl32
+    fi
+
+    LIBS="$LIBS -l${WIN32_GLUT} -l${WIN32_GLU} -l${WIN32_OPENGL}"
+    LIBS="$LIBS -luser32 -lgdi32"
+    echo "Will link apps with $LIBS"
+fi
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_glut_glutGetModifiers" = "xno"; then
+    echo 
+    echo "Unable to find the necessary OpenGL or GLUT libraries."
+    echo "See config.log for automated test details and results ..."
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_lib_glut_glutGameModeString" = "xno"; then
+    echo
+    echo "Your version of glut doesn't support game mode."
+    echo "You need to fetch and install the latest version of glut from:"
+    echo
+    echo "    http://reality.sgi.com/opengl/glut3/glut3.html"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+opengl_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="$base_LIBS"
+
+AC_SUBST(base_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(opengl_LIBS)
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_XWINDOWS, test "x$ac_cv_lib_X11_XCreateWindow" = "xyes" )
+
+dnl Check for "plib" without which we cannot go on
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(plib/pu.h)
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_plib_pu_h" != "xyes"; then
+    echo
+    echo "You *must* have the plib library installed on your system to build"
+    echo "the FGFS simulator!"
+    echo
+    echo "Please see README.plib for more details."
+    echo
+    echo "configure aborted."
+    exit
+fi
+
+dnl Check for system installed gdbm
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(gdbm.h)
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_gdbm_h" = "xyes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE( HAVE_GDBM )
+else
+    echo "no gdbm found, configuring and building."
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GDBM, test "x$ac_cv_header_gdbm_h" = "xyes" )
+
+dnl Check for system installed zlib
+AC_CHECK_HEADER(zlib.h)
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" = "xyes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE( HAVE_ZLIB )
+else
+    echo "no zlib found, building."
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_ZLIB, test "x$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" = "xyes" )
+
+dnl Checks for header files.
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \
+	fcntl.h getopt.h malloc.h memory.h stdlib.h sys/param.h sys/stat.h \
+        sys/time.h sys/timeb.h unistd.h windows.h winbase.h values.h )
+
+dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+AC_C_CONST
+AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
+AC_HEADER_TIME
+AC_STRUCT_TM
+
+dnl Checks for library functions.
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS( ftime gettimeofday timegm memcpy bcopy mktime strstr rand \
+	random setitimer getitimer signal GetLocalTime rint getrusage )
+
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(simgear/config.h)
+
+AC_OUTPUT( \
+	Makefile \
+	SimGear.spec \
+	simgear/Makefile \
+	simgear/version.h \
+	simgear/bucket/Makefile \
+	simgear/debug/Makefile \
+	simgear/gdbm/Makefile \
+	simgear/magvar/Makefile \
+	simgear/math/Makefile \
+	simgear/misc/Makefile \
+	simgear/screen/Makefile \
+	simgear/serial/Makefile \
+	simgear/xgl/Makefile \
+	simgear/zlib/Makefile \
+)
+
+# AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([./mksymlinks.sh])
+
+echo ""
+echo "Configure Summary"
+echo "================="
+
+echo "Prefix: $prefix"
+
+if test "x$with_logging" != "x"; then
+    echo "Debug messages: $with_logging"
+else
+    echo "Debug messages: yes"
+fi
+
+if test "x$with_efence" != "x"; then
+    echo "Electric fence: $with_efence"
+else
+    echo "Electric fence: no"
+fi
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_gdbm_h" != "xyes"; then
+   echo "Building gdbm"
+fi
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" != "xyes"; then
+   echo "Building zlib"
+fi

example/Makefile.am

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-bin_PROGRAMS = example
-
-example_SOURCES = example.cxx
-
-example_LDADD = \
-	$(top_builddir)/Lib/Audio/src/libsl.a \
-	$(top_builddir)/Lib/Audio/src/libsm.a
-
-INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)/Lib/Audio/src
-
-if ENABLE_IRIX_AUDIO
-LIBS += -laudio
-endif
-
-if ENABLE_WIN32_AUDIO
-LIBS += -lwinmm
-endif

example/example.cxx

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-
-
-#include "sl.h"
-#include "sm.h"
-#include <math.h>
-
-/*
-  Construct a sound scheduler and a mixer.
-*/
-
-slScheduler sched ( 8000 ) ;
-smMixer mixer ;
-
-int main ()
-{
-  mixer . setMasterVolume ( 30 ) ;
-  sched . setSafetyMargin ( 0.128 ) ;
-
-  /* Just for fun, let's make a one second synthetic engine sample... */
-
-  Uchar buffer [ 8000 ] ;
-
-  for ( int i = 0 ; i < 8000 ; i++ )
-  {
-    /* Sum some sin waves and convert to range 0..1 */
-
-    float level = ( sin ( (double) i * 2.0 * M_PI / (8000.0/ 50.0) ) +
-                    sin ( (double) i * 2.0 * M_PI / (8000.0/149.0) ) +
-                    sin ( (double) i * 2.0 * M_PI / (8000.0/152.0) ) +
-                    sin ( (double) i * 2.0 * M_PI / (8000.0/192.0) )
-                  ) / 8.0f + 0.5f ;
-
-    /* Convert to unsigned byte */
-
-    buffer [ i ] = (Uchar) ( level * 255.0 ) ;
-  }
-
-  /* Set up four samples and a loop */
-
-  slSample  *s = new slSample ( buffer, 8000 ) ;
-  slSample *s1 = new slSample ( "scream.ub", & sched ) ;
-  slSample *s2 = new slSample ( "zzap.wav" , & sched ) ;
-  slSample *s3 = new slSample ( "cuckoo.au", & sched ) ;
-  slSample *s4 = new slSample ( "wheeee.ub", & sched ) ;
-
-  /* Mess about with some of the samples... */
-
-  s1 -> adjustVolume ( 2.2  ) ;
-  s2 -> adjustVolume ( 0.5  ) ;
-  s3 -> adjustVolume ( 0.2  ) ;
-
-  /* Play the engine sample continuously. */
-
-  sched . loopSample ( s ) ;
-
-  int tim = 0 ;  /* My periodic event timer. */
-
-  while ( SL_TRUE )
-  {
-    tim++ ;  /* Time passes */
-
-    if ( tim % 200 == 0 ) sched.playSample ( s1 ) ;
-    if ( tim % 180 == 0 ) sched.playSample ( s2 ) ;
-    if ( tim % 150 == 0 ) sched.playSample ( s3 ) ;
-    if ( tim % 120 == 0 ) sched.playSample ( s4 ) ;
-
-    /*
-      For the sake of realism, I'll delay for 1/30th second to
-      simulate a graphics update process.
-    */
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-    Sleep ( 1000 / 30 ) ;      /* 30Hz */
-#elif defined(sgi)
-    sginap( 3 );               /* ARG */
-#else
-    usleep ( 1000000 / 30 ) ;  /* 30Hz */
-#endif
-
-    /*
-      This would normally be called just before the graphics buffer swap
-      - but it could be anywhere where it's guaranteed to get called
-      fairly often.
-    */
-
-    sched . update () ;
-  }
-}
-

mksymlinks.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+echo ""
+echo "running $0 to rebuild simgear include links"
+
+# toast the old directory
+rm -rf src/simgear
+mkdir src/simgear
+mkdir src/simgear/bucket
+mkdir src/simgear/debug
+mkdir src/simgear/math
+mkdir src/simgear/misc
+mkdir src/simgear/screen
+mkdir src/simgear/serial
+mkdir src/simgear/xgl
+mkdir src/simgear/zlib
+
+# build new links
+ln -s ../include/compiler.h src/simgear/compiler.h
+ln -s ../include/constants.h src/simgear/constants.h
+ln -s ../include/fg_traits.hxx src/simgear/fg_traits.hxx
+ln -s ../include/fg_zlib.h src/simgear/fg_zlib.h
+ln -s ../include/version.h src/simgear/version.h
+
+ln -s ../../bucket/newbucket.hxx src/simgear/bucket/newbucket.hxx
+
+ln -s ../../debug/debug_types.h src/simgear/debug/debug_types.h
+ln -s ../../debug/logstream.hxx src/simgear/debug/logstream.hxx
+
+ln -s ../../math/fg_memory.h src/simgear/math/fg_memory.h
+ln -s ../../math/fg_types.hxx src/simgear/math/fg_types.hxx
+ln -s ../../math/point3d.hxx src/simgear/math/point3d.hxx
+ln -s ../../math/polar3d.hxx src/simgear/math/polar3d.hxx
+
+ln -s ../../misc/fgpath.hxx src/simgear/misc/fgpath.hxx
+ln -s ../../misc/fgstream.hxx src/simgear/misc/fgstream.hxx
+ln -s ../../misc/zfstream.hxx src/simgear/misc/zfstream.hxx
+
+ln -s ../../xgl/xgl.h src/simgear/xgl/xgl.h
+
+ln -s ../../zlib/zlib.h src/simgear/zlib/zlib.h
+ln -s ../../zlib/zconf.h src/simgear/zlib/zconf.h

simgear/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+if ENABLE_UNIX_SERIAL
+SERIAL_DIRS = serial
+else
+SERIAL_DIRS =
+endif
+
+if HAVE_GDBM
+GDBM_DIRS =
+else
+GDBM_DIRS = gdbm
+endif
+
+if HAVE_ZLIB
+ZLIB_DIRS =
+else
+ZLIB_DIRS = zlib
+endif
+
+METAR_DIRS =
+# METAR_DIRS = metar
+
+EXTRA_DIST = version.h.in
+
+include_HEADERS = compiler.h constants.h fg_traits.hxx fg_zlib.h version.h
+
+SUBDIRS = \
+	bucket \
+	debug \
+	$(GDBM_DIRS) \
+	magvar \
+	math \
+	$(METAR_DIRS) \
+	misc \
+	screen \
+	$(SERIAL_DIRS) \
+	xgl \
+	$(ZLIB_DIRS)
+

simgear/bucket/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+includedir = @includedir@/bucket
+
+lib_LIBRARIES = libsgbucket.a
+
+include_HEADERS = newbucket.hxx
+
+libsgbucket_a_SOURCES = newbucket.cxx
+
+# noinst_PROGRAMS = testbucket
+
+# testbucket_SOURCES = testbucket.cxx
+
+# testbucket_LDADD = \
+# 	$(top_builddir)/bucket/libsgbucket.a \
+# 	$(top_builddir)/misc/libsgmisc.a
+
+INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)

simgear/bucket/newbucket.cxx

@@ -20,15 +20,18 @@
  * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  *
  * $Id$
- * (Log is kept at end of this file)
  **************************************************************************/
 
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include "config.h"
+#  include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <simgear/misc/fgpath.hxx>
+
 #include "newbucket.hxx"
 
 
@@ -37,12 +40,8 @@ string FGBucket::gen_base_path() const {
     // long int index;
     int top_lon, top_lat, main_lon, main_lat;
     char hem, pole;
-    char path[256];
+    char raw_path[256];
 
-    // index = gen_index();
-
-    path[0] = '\0';
-	
     top_lon = lon / 10;
     main_lon = lon;
     if ( (lon < 0) && (top_lon * 10 != lon) ) {
@@ -75,11 +74,13 @@ string FGBucket::gen_base_path() const {
 	main_lat *= -1;
     }
 
-    sprintf(path, "%c%03d%c%02d/%c%03d%c%02d", 
-	    hem, top_lon, pole, top_lat,
+    sprintf(raw_path, "%c%03d%c%02d/%c%03d%c%02d", 
+	    hem, top_lon, pole, top_lat, 
 	    hem, main_lon, pole, main_lat);
 
-    return path;
+    FGPath path( raw_path );
+
+    return path.str();
 }
 
 
@@ -98,7 +99,14 @@ FGBucket fgBucketOffset( double dlon, double dlat, int dx, int dy ) {
     double span = bucket_span( clat );
 
     // walk dx units in the lon direction
-    result.set_bucket( dlon + dx * span, clat );
+    double tmp = dlon + dx * span;
+    while ( tmp < -180.0 ) {
+	tmp += 360.0;
+    }
+    while ( tmp >= 180.0 ) {
+	tmp -= 360.0;
+    }
+    result.set_bucket( tmp, clat );
 
     return result;
 }
@@ -145,19 +153,3 @@ void fgBucketDiff( const FGBucket& b1, const FGBucket& b2, int *dx, int *dy ) {
 }
 
 
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.4  1999/03/27 05:34:05  curt
-// Elimitated some const warnings from the compiler.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1999/02/26 22:07:54  curt
-// Added initial support for native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1999/02/11 01:09:33  curt
-// Added a routine to calculate the offset in bucket units between two buckets.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1999/02/08 23:52:16  curt
-// Added a new "newbucket.[ch]xx" FGBucket class to replace the old
-// fgBUCKET struct and C routines.  This FGBucket class adjusts the tile
-// width towards the poles to ensure the tiles are at least 8 miles wide.
-//
-

simgear/bucket/newbucket.hxx

@@ -20,29 +20,40 @@
  * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  *
  * $Id$
- * (Log is kept at end of this file)
  **************************************************************************/
 
 
 #ifndef _NEWBUCKET_HXX
 #define _NEWBUCKET_HXX
 
-#include <Include/compiler.h>
-
-#include STL_STRING
+#include <simgear/compiler.h>
+#include <simgear/constants.h>
 
 #ifdef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
+#  include <cmath>
 #  include <cstdio> // sprintf()
 #  include <iostream>
 #else
+#  include <math.h>
 #  include <stdio.h> // sprintf()
 #  include <iostream.h>
 #endif
 
-FG_USING_STD(string);
-FG_USING_STD(ostream);
+// I don't understand ... <math.h> or <cmath> should be included
+// already depending on how you defined FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES, but I
+// can go ahead and add this -- CLO
+#ifdef __MWERKS__
+#  include <math.h> // needed fabs()
+#endif
+
+#include STL_STRING
+
+FG_USING_STD(string);
+
+#if ! defined( FG_HAVE_NATIVE_SGI_COMPILERS )
+FG_USING_STD(ostream);
+#endif
 
-#include <Include/fg_constants.h>
 
 
 #define FG_BUCKET_SPAN      0.125   // 1/8 of a degree
@@ -79,6 +90,7 @@ public:
 
     // Set the bucket params for the specified lat and lon
     void set_bucket( double dlon, double dlat );
+    void make_bad ( void );
 
     // Generate the unique scenery tile index for this bucket
     long int gen_index();
@@ -114,7 +126,7 @@ public:
 // return the horizontal tile span factor based on latitude
 inline double bucket_span( double l ) {
     if ( l >= 89.0 ) {
-	return 0.0;
+	return 360.0;
     } else if ( l >= 88.0 ) {
 	return 8.0;
     } else if ( l >= 86.0 ) {
@@ -142,7 +154,7 @@ inline double bucket_span( double l ) {
     } else if ( l >= -89.0 ) {
 	return 8.0;
     } else {
-	return 0.0;
+	return 360.0;
     }
 }
 
@@ -207,6 +219,7 @@ inline FGBucket::FGBucket(const double dlon, const double dlat) {
     set_bucket(dlon, dlat);
 }
 
+
 // create an impossible bucket if false
 inline FGBucket::FGBucket(const bool is_good) {
     set_bucket(0.0, 0.0);
@@ -276,24 +289,31 @@ inline double FGBucket::get_center_lon() const {
 }
 
 
-// return width of the tile
-inline double FGBucket::get_width() const {
-    return bucket_span( get_center_lat() );
-}
-
-
 // return the center lat of a tile
 inline double FGBucket::get_center_lat() const {
     return lat + y / 8.0 + FG_HALF_BUCKET_SPAN;
 }
 
 
+// return width of the tile
+inline double FGBucket::get_width() const {
+    return bucket_span( get_center_lat() );
+}
+
+
 // return height of the tile
 inline double FGBucket::get_height() const {
     return FG_BUCKET_SPAN;
 }
 
 
+// create an impossible bucket
+inline void FGBucket::make_bad( void ) {
+    set_bucket(0.0, 0.0);
+	lon = -1000;
+}
+    
+
 // offset a bucket struct by the specified tile units in the X & Y
 // direction
 FGBucket fgBucketOffset( double dlon, double dlat, int x, int y );
@@ -329,32 +349,3 @@ operator== ( const FGBucket& b1, const FGBucket& b2 )
 #endif // _NEWBUCKET_HXX
 
 
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.8  1999/03/27 05:34:06  curt
-// Elimitated some const warnings from the compiler.
-//
-// Revision 1.7  1999/03/25 19:01:51  curt
-// Jettisoned old bucketutils.[ch] for newbucket.[ch]xx
-//
-// Revision 1.6  1999/03/15 17:58:41  curt
-// MSVC++ portability tweaks contributed by Bernie Bright.
-//   Added using std::ostream declaration.
-//   Added forward declarations to work around a MSVC bug.
-//
-// Revision 1.5  1999/03/12 22:51:18  curt
-// Added some informational methods.
-//
-// Revision 1.4  1999/03/02 01:01:43  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1999/02/26 22:07:55  curt
-// Added initial support for native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1999/02/11 01:09:34  curt
-// Added a routine to calculate the offset in bucket units between two buckets.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1999/02/08 23:52:16  curt
-// Added a new "newbucket.[ch]xx" FGBucket class to replace the old
-// fgBUCKET struct and C routines.  This FGBucket class adjusts the tile
-// width towards the poles to ensure the tiles are at least 8 miles wide.
-//

simgear/compiler.h

@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * compiler.h -- C++ Compiler Portability Macros
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _COMPILER_H
+#define _COMPILER_H
+
+// What this file does.
+//  (1)  Defines macros for some STL includes which may be affected
+//       by file name length limitations.
+//  (2)  Defines macros for some features not supported by all C++ compilers.
+//  (3)  Defines 'explicit' as a null macro if the compiler doesn't support
+//       the explicit keyword.
+//  (4)  Defines 'typename' as a null macro if the compiler doesn't support
+//       the typename keyword.
+//  (5)  Defines bool, true and false if the compiler doesn't do so.
+//  (6)  Defines FG_EXPLICIT_FUNCTION_TMPL_ARGS if the compiler
+//       supports calling a function template by providing its template
+//       arguments explicitly.
+//  (7)  Defines FG_NEED_AUTO_PTR if STL doesn't provide auto_ptr<>.
+//  (8)  Defines FG_NO_ARROW_OPERATOR if the compiler is unable
+//       to support operator->() for iterators.
+//  (9)  Defines FG_USE_EXCEPTIONS if the compiler supports exceptions.
+//       Note: no FlightGear code uses exceptions.
+//  (10) Define FG_NAMESPACES if the compiler supports namespaces.
+//  (11) FG_MATH_FN_IN_NAMESPACE_STD -- not used??
+//  (12) Define FG_HAVE_STD if std namespace is supported.
+//  (13) Defines FG_CLASS_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION if the compiler 
+//       supports partial specialization of class templates.
+//  (14) Defines FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES to use ISO C++ Standard headers.
+//  (15) Defines FG_HAVE_STREAMBUF if <streambuf> of <streambuf.h> are present.
+//  (16) Define FG_MATH_EXCEPTION_CLASH if math.h defines an exception class
+//       that clashes with the one defined in <stdexcept>.
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#  if __GNUC__ == 2 
+#    if __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8
+
+       // g++-2.7.x
+#      define STL_ALGORITHM  <algorithm>
+#      define STL_FUNCTIONAL <functional>
+#      define STL_IOMANIP    <iomanip.h>
+#      define STL_IOSTREAM   <iostream.h>
+#      define STL_FSTREAM    <fstream.h>
+#      define STL_STDEXCEPT  <stdexcept>
+#      define STL_STRING     <string>
+#      define STL_STRSTREAM  <strstream.h>
+
+#      define FG_NEED_AUTO_PTR
+#      define FG_NO_DEFAULT_TEMPLATE_ARGS
+#      define FG_INCOMPLETE_FUNCTIONAL
+#      define FG_NO_ARROW_OPERATOR
+
+#    elif __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8
+
+       // g++-2.8.x and egcs-1.x
+#      define FG_EXPLICIT_FUNCTION_TMPL_ARGS
+#      define FG_NEED_AUTO_PTR
+#      define FG_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
+#      define FG_NAMESPACES
+#      define FG_HAVE_STD
+#      define FG_HAVE_STREAMBUF
+#      define FG_CLASS_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION
+
+#      define STL_ALGORITHM  <algorithm>
+#      define STL_FUNCTIONAL <functional>
+#      define STL_IOMANIP    <iomanip>
+#      define STL_IOSTREAM   <iostream>
+#      define STL_FSTREAM    <fstream>
+#      define STL_STDEXCEPT  <stdexcept>
+#      define STL_STRING     <string>
+#      define STL_STRSTREAM  <strstream>
+
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    error Time to upgrade. GNU compilers < 2.7 not supported
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+//
+// Metrowerks 
+//
+#if defined(__MWERKS__)
+/*
+  CodeWarrior compiler from Metrowerks, Inc.
+*/
+#  define FG_HAVE_TRAITS
+#  define FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
+#  define FG_HAVE_STD
+#  define FG_NAMESPACES
+
+#  define STL_ALGORITHM  <algorithm>
+#  define STL_FUNCTIONAL <functional>
+#  define STL_IOMANIP    <iomanip>
+#  define STL_IOSTREAM   <iostream>
+#  define STL_FSTREAM    <fstream>
+#  define STL_STDEXCEPT  <stdexcept>
+#  define STL_STRING     <string>
+
+// Temp:
+#  define bcopy(from, to, n) memcpy(to, from, n)
+
+// -rp- please use FG_MEM_COPY everywhere !
+#  define FG_MEM_COPY(to,from,n) memcpy(to, from, n)
+
+// -dw- currently used glut has no game mode stuff
+#  define GLUT_WRONG_VERSION
+#endif
+
+//
+// Microsoft compilers.
+//
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#  if _MSC_VER == 1200 // msvc++ 6.0
+#    define FG_NAMESPACES
+#    define FG_HAVE_STD
+#    define FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
+#    define FG_HAVE_STREAMBUF
+
+#    define STL_ALGORITHM  <algorithm>
+#    define STL_FUNCTIONAL <functional>
+#    define STL_IOMANIP    <iomanip>
+#    define STL_IOSTREAM   <iostream>
+#    define STL_FSTREAM    <fstream>
+#    define STL_STDEXCEPT  <stdexcept>
+#    define STL_STRING     <string>
+#    define STL_STRSTREAM  <strstream>
+
+#    pragma warning(disable: 4786) // identifier was truncated to '255' characters
+#    pragma warning(disable: 4244) // conversion from double to float
+#    pragma warning(disable: 4305) //
+
+#  elif _MSC_VER == 1100 // msvc++ 5.0
+#    error MSVC++ 5.0 still to be supported...
+#  else
+#    error What version of MSVC++ is this?
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+# if defined(HAVE_SGI_STL_PORT)
+
+// Use quotes around long file names to get around Borland's include hackery
+
+#  define STL_ALGORITHM  "algorithm"
+#  define STL_FUNCTIONAL "functional"
+
+#  define FG_MATH_EXCEPTION_CLASH
+
+# else
+
+#  define STL_ALGORITHM  <algorithm>
+#  define STL_FUNCTIONAL <functional>
+#  define STL_IOMANIP    <iomanip>
+#  define STL_STDEXCEPT  <stdexcept>
+#  define STL_STRSTREAM  <strstream>
+
+#  define FG_INCOMPLETE_FUNCTIONAL
+
+# endif // HAVE_SGI_STL_PORT
+
+#  define STL_IOSTREAM   <iostream>
+#  define STL_FSTREAM    <fstream>
+#  define STL_STRING     <string>
+#  define FG_NO_DEFAULT_TEMPLATE_ARGS
+#  define FG_NAMESPACES
+// #  define FG_HAVE_STD
+
+#endif // __BORLANDC__
+
+//
+// Native SGI compilers
+//
+
+#if defined ( sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ )
+#  define FG_HAVE_NATIVE_SGI_COMPILERS
+
+#  define FG_EXPLICIT_FUNCTION_TMPL_ARGS
+#  define FG_NEED_AUTO_PTR
+#  define FG_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
+#  define FG_NAMESPACES
+#  define FG_HAVE_STD
+#  define FG_CLASS_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION
+
+#  define STL_ALGORITHM  <algorithm>
+#  define STL_FUNCTIONAL <functional>
+#  define STL_IOMANIP    <iomanip.h>
+#  define STL_IOSTREAM   <iostream.h>
+#  define STL_FSTREAM    <fstream.h>
+#  define STL_STDEXCEPT  <stdexcept>
+#  define STL_STRING     <string>
+#  define STL_STRSTREAM  <strstream>
+
+#endif // Native SGI compilers
+
+
+#if defined ( sun )
+#  include <strings.h>
+#  include <memory.h>
+#  if defined ( __cplusplus )
+     // typedef unsigned int size_t;
+     extern "C" {
+       extern void *memmove(void *, const void *, size_t);
+     }
+#  else
+     extern void *memmove(void *, const void *, size_t);
+#  endif // __cplusplus
+#endif // sun
+
+//
+// No user modifiable definitions beyond here.
+//
+
+#ifdef FG_NEED_EXPLICIT
+#  define explicit
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FG_NEED_TYPENAME
+#  define typename
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FG_NEED_MUTABLE
+#  define mutable
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FG_NEED_BOOL
+   typedef int bool;
+#  define true 1
+#  define false 0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FG_EXPLICIT_FUNCTION_TMPL_ARGS
+#  define FG_NULL_TMPL_ARGS <>
+#else
+#  define FG_NULL_TMPL_ARGS
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FG_CLASS_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION
+# define FG_TEMPLATE_NULL template<>
+#else
+# define FG_TEMPLATE_NULL
+#endif
+
+// FG_NO_NAMESPACES is a hook so that users can disable namespaces
+// without having to edit library headers.
+#if defined(FG_NAMESPACES) && !defined(FG_NO_NAMESPACES)
+#   define FG_NAMESPACE(X) namespace X {
+#   define FG_NAMESPACE_END }
+#   define FG_USING_NAMESPACE(X) using namespace X
+# else
+#   define FG_NAMESPACE(X)
+#   define FG_NAMESPACE_END
+#   define FG_USING_NAMESPACE(X)
+#endif
+
+# ifdef FG_HAVE_STD
+#  define FG_USING_STD(X) using std::X
+#  define STD std
+# else
+#  define FG_USING_STD(X) 
+#  define STD
+# endif
+
+// Additional <functional> implementation from SGI STL 3.11
+// Adapter function objects: pointers to member functions
+#ifdef FG_INCOMPLETE_FUNCTIONAL
+
+template <class _Ret, class _Tp>
+class const_mem_fun_ref_t
+#ifndef __BORLANDC__
+    : public unary_function<_Tp,_Ret>
+#endif // __BORLANDC__
+{
+public:
+  explicit const_mem_fun_ref_t(_Ret (_Tp::*__pf)() const) : _M_f(__pf) {}
+  _Ret operator()(const _Tp& __r) const { return (__r.*_M_f)(); }
+private:
+  _Ret (_Tp::*_M_f)() const;
+};
+
+template <class _Ret, class _Tp>
+inline const_mem_fun_ref_t<_Ret,_Tp> mem_fun_ref(_Ret (_Tp::*__f)() const)
+  { return const_mem_fun_ref_t<_Ret,_Tp>(__f); }
+
+#endif // FG_INCOMPLETE_FUNCTIONAL
+
+#endif // _COMPILER_H

simgear/config.h

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/* simgear/config.h.  Generated automatically by configure.  */
+/* simgear/config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
+/* #undef const */
+
+/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt.  */
+/* #undef HAVE_DOPRNT */
+
+/* Define if you have the vprintf function.  */
+#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
+#define RETSIGTYPE void
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+/* #undef size_t */
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>.  */
+#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1
+
+/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm.  */
+/* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */
+
+/* Define if the X Window System is missing or not being used.  */
+/* #undef X_DISPLAY_MISSING */
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
+/* #undef const */
+
+   
+/* Define to eliminate all trace of debugging messages such as for a 
+   release build */
+/* #undef FG_NDEBUG */
+
+   
+/* Define to enable 3dfx/glide render in a window hack under unix.
+   This probably won't work under windows. */
+/* #undef XMESA */
+/* #undef FX */
+
+/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt.  */
+/* #undef HAVE_DOPRNT */
+
+/* Define if you have the vprintf function.  */
+#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define if you have gdbm installed system wide.  */
+#define HAVE_GDBM 1
+
+/* Define if you have zlib installed system wide.  */
+#define HAVE_ZLIB 1
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
+#define RETSIGTYPE void
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+/* #undef size_t */
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>.  */
+#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1
+
+/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm.  */
+/* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */
+
+/* Define if compiling on a Winbloze (95, NT, etc.) platform */
+/* #undef WIN32 */
+
+/* Define if the X Window System is missing or not being used.  */
+/* #undef X_DISPLAY_MISSING */
+
+/* Define if you have the GetLocalTime function.  */
+/* #undef HAVE_GETLOCALTIME */
+
+/* Define if you have the bcopy function.  */
+#define HAVE_BCOPY 1
+
+/* Define if you have the ftime function.  */
+#define HAVE_FTIME 1
+
+/* Define if you have the getitimer function.  */
+#define HAVE_GETITIMER 1
+
+/* Define if you have the getrusage function.  */
+#define HAVE_GETRUSAGE 1
+
+/* Define if you have the gettimeofday function.  */
+#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
+
+/* Define if you have the memcpy function.  */
+#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
+
+/* Define if you have the mktime function.  */
+#define HAVE_MKTIME 1
+
+/* Define if you have the rand function.  */
+#define HAVE_RAND 1
+
+/* Define if you have the random function.  */
+#define HAVE_RANDOM 1
+
+/* Define if you have the rint function.  */
+#define HAVE_RINT 1
+
+/* Define if you have the setitimer function.  */
+#define HAVE_SETITIMER 1
+
+/* Define if you have the signal function.  */
+#define HAVE_SIGNAL 1
+
+/* Define if you have the strstr function.  */
+#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
+
+/* Define if you have the timegm function.  */
+#define HAVE_TIMEGM 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <getopt.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_GETOPT_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/timeb.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file.  */
+#define HAVE_VALUES_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <winbase.h> header file.  */
+/* #undef HAVE_WINBASE_H */
+
+/* Define if you have the <windows.h> header file.  */
+/* #undef HAVE_WINDOWS_H */
+
+/* Define if you have the GL library (-lGL).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBGL 1
+
+/* Define if you have the GLU library (-lGLU).  */
+/* #undef HAVE_LIBGLU */
+
+/* Define if you have the GLcore library (-lGLcore).  */
+/* #undef HAVE_LIBGLCORE */
+
+/* Define if you have the ICE library (-lICE).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBICE 1
+
+/* Define if you have the MesaGL library (-lMesaGL).  */
+/* #undef HAVE_LIBMESAGL */
+
+/* Define if you have the MesaGLU library (-lMesaGLU).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBMESAGLU 1
+
+/* Define if you have the SM library (-lSM).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBSM 1
+
+/* Define if you have the X11 library (-lX11).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBX11 1
+
+/* Define if you have the Xext library (-lXext).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBXEXT 1
+
+/* Define if you have the Xi library (-lXi).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBXI 1
+
+/* Define if you have the Xmu library (-lXmu).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBXMU 1
+
+/* Define if you have the Xt library (-lXt).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBXT 1
+
+/* Define if you have the glut library (-lglut).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBGLUT 1
+
+/* Define if you have the m library (-lm).  */
+#define HAVE_LIBM 1
+
+/* Define if you have the socket library (-lsocket).  */
+/* #undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET */
+
+/* Name of package */
+#define PACKAGE "SimGear"
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#define VERSION "0.0.7"
+

simgear/config.h.in

@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/* simgear/config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt.  */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define if you have the vprintf function.  */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
+#undef RETSIGTYPE
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>.  */
+#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm.  */
+#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define if the X Window System is missing or not being used.  */
+#undef X_DISPLAY_MISSING
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
+#undef const
+
+   
+/* Define to eliminate all trace of debugging messages such as for a 
+   release build */
+#undef FG_NDEBUG
+
+   
+/* Define to enable 3dfx/glide render in a window hack under unix.
+   This probably won't work under windows. */
+#undef XMESA
+#undef FX
+
+/* Define if you don't have vprintf but do have _doprnt.  */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define if you have the vprintf function.  */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have gdbm installed system wide.  */
+#undef HAVE_GDBM
+
+/* Define if you have zlib installed system wide.  */
+#undef HAVE_ZLIB
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
+#undef RETSIGTYPE
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>.  */
+#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm.  */
+#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+
+/* Define if compiling on a Winbloze (95, NT, etc.) platform */
+#undef WIN32
+
+/* Define if the X Window System is missing or not being used.  */
+#undef X_DISPLAY_MISSING
+
+/* Define if you have the GetLocalTime function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETLOCALTIME
+
+/* Define if you have the bcopy function.  */
+#undef HAVE_BCOPY
+
+/* Define if you have the ftime function.  */
+#undef HAVE_FTIME
+
+/* Define if you have the getitimer function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETITIMER
+
+/* Define if you have the getrusage function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+
+/* Define if you have the gettimeofday function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+
+/* Define if you have the memcpy function.  */
+#undef HAVE_MEMCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the mktime function.  */
+#undef HAVE_MKTIME
+
+/* Define if you have the rand function.  */
+#undef HAVE_RAND
+
+/* Define if you have the random function.  */
+#undef HAVE_RANDOM
+
+/* Define if you have the rint function.  */
+#undef HAVE_RINT
+
+/* Define if you have the setitimer function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETITIMER
+
+/* Define if you have the signal function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SIGNAL
+
+/* Define if you have the strstr function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRSTR
+
+/* Define if you have the timegm function.  */
+#undef HAVE_TIMEGM
+
+/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <getopt.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETOPT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/timeb.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_VALUES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <winbase.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_WINBASE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <windows.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_WINDOWS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the GL library (-lGL).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBGL
+
+/* Define if you have the GLU library (-lGLU).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBGLU
+
+/* Define if you have the GLcore library (-lGLcore).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBGLCORE
+
+/* Define if you have the ICE library (-lICE).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBICE
+
+/* Define if you have the MesaGL library (-lMesaGL).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBMESAGL
+
+/* Define if you have the MesaGLU library (-lMesaGLU).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBMESAGLU
+
+/* Define if you have the SM library (-lSM).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBSM
+
+/* Define if you have the X11 library (-lX11).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBX11
+
+/* Define if you have the Xext library (-lXext).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBXEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the Xi library (-lXi).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBXI
+
+/* Define if you have the Xmu library (-lXmu).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBXMU
+
+/* Define if you have the Xt library (-lXt).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBXT
+
+/* Define if you have the glut library (-lglut).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBGLUT
+
+/* Define if you have the m library (-lm).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBM
+
+/* Define if you have the socket library (-lsocket).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
+

simgear/constants.h

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+// constants.h -- various constant definitions
+//
+// Written by Curtis Olson, started February 2000.
+//
+// Copyright (C) 2000  Curtis L. Olson  - curt@flightgear.org
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+// General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+//
+// $Id$
+
+
+#ifndef _SUPPORTGEAR_CONSTANTS_H
+#define _SUPPORTGEAR_CONSTANTS_H
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <simgear/compiler.h>
+
+#ifdef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
+#  include <cmath>
+#else
+#  ifdef FG_MATH_EXCEPTION_CLASH
+#    define exception C_exception
+#  endif
+#  include <math.h>
+#endif
+
+
+// Make sure PI is defined in its various forms
+
+// PI, only PI, and nothing but PI
+#ifdef M_PI
+#  define  FG_PI    M_PI
+#else
+#  define  FG_PI    3.14159265358979323846
+#endif
+
+// 2 * PI
+#define FG_2PI      6.28318530717958647692
+
+// PI / 2
+#ifdef M_PI_2
+#  define  FG_PI_2  M_PI_2
+#else
+#  define  FG_PI_2  1.57079632679489661923
+#endif
+
+// PI / 4
+#define FG_PI_4     0.78539816339744830961
+
+#ifndef M_E
+#  define M_E     2.7182818284590452354
+#endif
+
+// ONE_SECOND is pi/180/60/60, or about 100 feet at earths' equator
+#define ONE_SECOND 4.848136811E-6
+
+
+// Radius of Earth in kilometers at the equator.  Another source had
+// 6378.165 but this is probably close enough
+#define EARTH_RAD 6378.155
+
+
+// Earth parameters for WGS 84, taken from LaRCsim/ls_constants.h
+
+// Value of earth radius from [8]
+#define EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_FT 20925650.    // ft
+#define EQUATORIAL_RADIUS_M   6378138.12  // meter
+// Radius squared
+#define RESQ_FT 437882827922500.          // ft
+#define RESQ_M   40680645877797.1344      // meter
+
+// Value of earth flattening parameter from ref [8] 
+//
+//      Note: FP = f
+//            E  = 1-f
+//            EPS = sqrt(1-(1-f)^2)
+//
+              
+#define FP    0.003352813178
+#define E     0.996647186
+#define EPS   0.081819221
+#define INVG  0.031080997
+
+// Time Related Parameters
+
+#define MJD0  2415020.0
+#define J2000 (2451545.0 - MJD0)
+#define SIDRATE         .9972695677
+
+
+// Conversions
+
+// Degrees to Radians
+#define DEG_TO_RAD       0.017453292          // deg*pi/180 = rad
+
+// Radians to Degrees
+#define RAD_TO_DEG       57.29577951          // rad*180/pi = deg
+
+// Arc seconds to radians                     // (arcsec*pi)/(3600*180) = rad
+#define ARCSEC_TO_RAD    4.84813681109535993589e-06 
+
+// Radians to arc seconds                     // (rad*3600*180)/pi = arcsec
+#define RAD_TO_ARCSEC    206264.806247096355156
+
+// Feet to Meters
+#define FEET_TO_METER    0.3048
+
+// Meters to Feet
+#define METER_TO_FEET    3.28083989501312335958  
+
+// Meters to Nautical Miles, 1 nm = 6076.11549 feet
+#define METER_TO_NM      0.00053995680
+
+// Nautical Miles to Meters
+#define NM_TO_METER      1852.0000
+
+// Radians to Nautical Miles, 1 nm = 1/60 of a degree
+#define NM_TO_RAD        0.00029088820866572159
+
+// Nautical Miles to Radians
+#define RAD_TO_NM        3437.7467707849392526
+
+// For divide by zero avoidance, this will be close enough to zero
+#define FG_EPSILON 0.0000001
+
+
+#endif // _SUPPORTGEAR_CONSTANTS_H

simgear/debug/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+includedir = @includedir@/debug
+
+EXTRA_DIST = logtest.cxx
+
+lib_LIBRARIES = libsgdebug.a
+
+include_HEADERS = debug_types.h logstream.hxx
+
+libsgdebug_a_SOURCES = logstream.cxx
+
+INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir)

simgear/debug/debug_types.h

@@ -16,9 +16,10 @@ typedef enum {
     FG_EVENT     = 0x00000200,
     FG_AIRCRAFT  = 0x00000400,
     FG_AUTOPILOT = 0x00000800,
-    FG_SERIAL    = 0x00001000,
+    FG_IO        = 0x00001000,
     FG_CLIPPER   = 0x00002000,
-    FG_UNDEFD    = 0x00004000, // For range checking
+    FG_NETWORK   = 0x00004000,
+    FG_UNDEFD    = 0x00008000, // For range checking
 
     FG_ALL     = 0xFFFFFFFF
 } fgDebugClass;

simgear/debug/logstream.cxx

@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@
 // Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 //
 // $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
 
 #include "logstream.hxx"
 
@@ -62,10 +61,3 @@ logstream::setLogLevels( fgDebugClass c, fgDebugPriority p )
     logbuf::set_log_level( c, p );
 }
 
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.2  1999/01/19 20:53:34  curt
-// Portability updates by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/11/06 21:20:41  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

simgear/debug/logstream.hxx

@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@
 // Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 //
 // $Id$
-// (Log is kept at end of this file)
 
 #ifndef _LOGSTREAM_H
 #define _LOGSTREAM_H
@@ -29,17 +28,17 @@
 #endif
 
 
-#include <Include/compiler.h>
+#include <simgear/compiler.h>
 
 #ifdef FG_HAVE_STD_INCLUDES
 # include <streambuf>
 # include <iostream>
 #else
 # include <iostream.h>
-# include "Include/fg_traits.hxx"
+# include <simgear/fg_traits.hxx>
 #endif
 
-#include "debug_types.h"
+#include <simgear/debug/debug_types.h>
 
 #ifndef FG_HAVE_NATIVE_SGI_COMPILERS
 FG_USING_STD(streambuf);
@@ -48,6 +47,12 @@ FG_USING_STD(cerr);
 FG_USING_STD(endl);
 #endif
 
+#ifdef __MWERKS__
+#  define cerr std::cerr
+#  define endl std::endl
+FG_USING_STD(iostream);
+#endif
+
 //
 // TODO:
 //
@@ -205,24 +210,11 @@ fglog()
 
 #ifdef FG_NDEBUG
 # define FG_LOG(C,P,M)
+#elif defined( __MWERKS__ )
+# define FG_LOG(C,P,M) ::fglog() << ::loglevel(C,P) << M << std::endl
 #else
 # define FG_LOG(C,P,M) fglog() << loglevel(C,P) << M << endl
 #endif
 
 #endif // _LOGSTREAM_H
 
-// $Log$
-// Revision 1.4  1999/03/02 01:01:47  curt
-// Tweaks for compiling with native SGI compilers.
-//
-// Revision 1.3  1999/01/19 20:53:35  curt
-// Portability updates by Bernie Bright.
-//
-// Revision 1.2  1998/11/07 19:07:02  curt
-// Enable release builds using the --without-logging option to the configure
-// script.  Also a couple log message cleanups, plus some C to C++ comment
-// conversion.
-//
-// Revision 1.1  1998/11/06 21:20:42  curt
-// Initial revision.
-//

simgear/ephemeris/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libEphemeris.a
+
+libEphemeris_a_SOURCES = \
+	celestialBody.cxx celestialBody.hxx \
+	ephemeris.cxx ephemeris.hxx \
+	jupiter.cxx jupiter.hxx \
+	mars.cxx mars.hxx \
+	mercury.cxx mercury.hxx \
+	moon.cxx moon.hxx \
+	neptune.cxx neptune.hxx \
+	pluto.hxx \
+	saturn.cxx saturn.hxx \
+	star.cxx star.hxx \
+	stars.cxx stars.hxx \
+	uranus.cxx uranus.hxx \
+	venus.cxx venus.hxx
+
+INCLUDES += -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_builddir)/src

simgear/ephemeris/celestialBody.cxx

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * celestialBody.cxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#include <simgear/debug/logstream.hxx>
+
+#ifdef FG_MATH_EXCEPTION_CLASH
+#  define exception c_exception
+#endif
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include "celestialBody.hxx"
+#include "star.hxx"
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * void CelestialBody::updatePosition(fgTIME *t, Star *ourSun)
+ *
+ * Basically, this member function provides a general interface for 
+ * calculating the right ascension and declinaion. This function is 
+ * used for calculating the planetary positions. For the planets, an 
+ * overloaded member function is provided to additionally calculate the
+ * planet's magnitude. 
+ * The sun and moon have their own overloaded updatePosition member, as their
+ * position is calculated an a slightly different manner.  
+ *
+ * arguments:
+ * fgTIME t: provides the current time.
+ * Star *ourSun: the sun's position is needed to convert heliocentric 
+ *               coordinates into geocentric coordinates.
+ *
+ * return value: none
+ *
+ *************************************************************************/
+void CelestialBody::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+{
+  double eccAnom, v, ecl, actTime, 
+    xv, yv, xh, yh, zh, xg, yg, zg, xe, ye, ze;
+
+  updateOrbElements(t);
+  actTime = fgCalcActTime(t);
+
+  // calcualate the angle bewteen ecliptic and equatorial coordinate system
+  ecl = DEG_TO_RAD * (23.4393 - 3.563E-7 *actTime);
+  
+  eccAnom = fgCalcEccAnom(M, e);  //calculate the eccentric anomaly
+  xv = a * (cos(eccAnom) - e);
+  yv = a * (sqrt (1.0 - e*e) * sin(eccAnom));
+  v = atan2(yv, xv);           // the planet's true anomaly
+  r = sqrt (xv*xv + yv*yv);    // the planet's distance
+  
+  // calculate the planet's position in 3D space
+  xh = r * (cos(N) * cos(v+w) - sin(N) * sin(v+w) * cos(i));
+  yh = r * (sin(N) * cos(v+w) + cos(N) * sin(v+w) * cos(i));
+  zh = r * (sin(v+w) * sin(i));
+
+  // calculate the ecliptic longitude and latitude
+  xg = xh + ourSun->getxs();
+  yg = yh + ourSun->getys();
+  zg = zh;
+
+  lonEcl = atan2(yh, xh);
+  latEcl = atan2(zh, sqrt(xh*xh+yh*yh));
+
+  xe = xg;
+  ye = yg * cos(ecl) - zg * sin(ecl);
+  ze = yg * sin(ecl) + zg * cos(ecl);
+  rightAscension = atan2(ye, xe);
+  declination = atan2(ze, sqrt(xe*xe + ye*ye));
+  /* FG_LOG(FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "Planet found at : " 
+	 << rightAscension << " (ra), " << declination << " (dec)" ); */
+
+  //calculate some variables specific to calculating the magnitude 
+  //of the planet
+  R = sqrt (xg*xg + yg*yg + zg*zg);
+  s = ourSun->getDistance();
+
+  // It is possible from these calculations for the argument to acos
+  // to exceed the valid range for acos(). So we do a little extra
+  // checking.
+
+  double tmp = (r*r + R*R - s*s) / (2*r*R);
+  if ( tmp > 1.0) { 
+      tmp = 1.0;
+  } else if ( tmp < -1.0) {
+      tmp = -1.0;
+  }
+
+  FV = RAD_TO_DEG * acos( tmp );
+};
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ * double CelestialBody::fgCalcEccAnom(double M, double e)
+ * this private member calculates the eccentric anomaly of a celestial body, 
+ * given its mean anomaly and eccentricity.
+ * 
+ * -Mean anomaly: the approximate angle between the perihelion and the current
+ *  position. this angle increases uniformly with time.
+ *
+ * True anomaly: the actual angle between perihelion and current position.
+ *
+ * Eccentric anomaly: this is an auxilary angle, used in calculating the true
+ * anomaly from the mean anomaly.
+ * 
+ * -eccentricity. Indicates the amount in which the orbit deviates from a 
+ *  circle (0 = circle, 0-1, is ellipse, 1 = parabola, > 1 = hyperbola).
+ *
+ * This function is also known as solveKeplersEquation()
+ *
+ * arguments: 
+ * M: the mean anomaly
+ * e: the eccentricity
+ *
+ * return value:
+ * the eccentric anomaly
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+double CelestialBody::fgCalcEccAnom(double M, double e)
+{
+  double 
+    eccAnom, E0, E1, diff;
+  
+  eccAnom = M + e * sin(M) * (1.0 + e * cos (M));
+  // iterate to achieve a greater precision for larger eccentricities 
+  if (e > 0.05)
+    {
+      E0 = eccAnom;
+      do
+	{
+	  E1 = E0 - (E0 - e * sin(E0) - M) / (1 - e *cos(E0));
+	  diff = fabs(E0 - E1);
+	  E0 = E1;
+	}
+      while (diff > (DEG_TO_RAD * 0.001));
+      return E0;
+    }
+  return eccAnom;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

simgear/ephemeris/celestialBody.hxx

@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * celestialBody.hxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef _CELESTIALBODY_H_
+#define _CELESTIALBODY_H_
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus                                                          
+# error This library requires C++
+#endif                                   
+
+
+#include <simgear/constants.h>
+
+#include <Time/fg_time.hxx>
+
+class Star;
+
+class CelestialBody
+{
+protected:              // make the data protected, in order to give the
+                        //  inherited classes direct access to the data
+  double NFirst;       	/* longitude of the ascending node first part */
+  double NSec;		/* longitude of the ascending node second part */
+  double iFirst;       	/* inclination to the ecliptic first part */
+  double iSec;		/* inclination to the ecliptic second part */
+  double wFirst;       	/* first part of argument of perihelion */
+  double wSec;		/* second part of argument of perihelion */
+  double aFirst;       	/* semimayor axis first part*/
+  double aSec;		/* semimayor axis second part */
+  double eFirst;       	/* eccentricity first part */
+  double eSec;		/* eccentricity second part */
+  double MFirst;       	/* Mean anomaly first part */
+  double MSec;		/* Mean anomaly second part */
+
+  double N, i, w, a, e, M; /* the resulting orbital elements, obtained from the former */
+
+  double rightAscension, declination;
+  double r, R, s, FV;
+  double magnitude;
+  double lonEcl, latEcl;
+
+  double fgCalcEccAnom(double M, double e);
+  double fgCalcActTime(FGTime *t);
+  void updateOrbElements(FGTime *t);
+
+public:
+  CelestialBody(double Nf, double Ns,
+		double If, double Is,
+		double wf, double ws,
+		double af, double as,
+		double ef, double es,
+		double Mf, double Ms, FGTime *t);
+  CelestialBody(double Nf, double Ns,
+		double If, double Is,
+		double wf, double ws,
+		double af, double as,
+		double ef, double es,
+		double Mf, double Ms);
+  void getPos(double *ra, double *dec);
+  void getPos(double *ra, double *dec, double *magnitude);
+  double getRightAscension();
+  double getDeclination();
+  double getMagnitude();
+  double getLon();
+  double getLat(); 
+  void updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun);
+};
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * inline CelestialBody::CelestialBody
+ * public constructor for a generic celestialBody object.
+ * initializes the 6 primary orbital elements. The elements are:
+ * N: longitude of the ascending node
+ * i: inclination to the ecliptic
+ * w: argument of perihelion
+ * a: semi-major axis, or mean distance from the sun
+ * e: eccenticity
+ * M: mean anomaly
+ * Each orbital element consists of a constant part and a variable part that 
+ * gradually changes over time. 
+ *
+ * Argumetns:
+ * the 13 arguments to the constructor constitute the first, constant 
+ * ([NiwaeM]f) and the second variable ([NiwaeM]s) part of the orbital 
+ * elements. The 13th argument is the current time. Note that the inclination
+ * is written with a capital (If, Is), because 'if' is a reserved word in the 
+ * C/C++ programming language.
+ ***************************************************************************/ 
+inline CelestialBody::CelestialBody(double Nf, double Ns,
+				    double If, double Is,
+				    double wf, double ws,
+				    double af, double as,
+				    double ef, double es,
+				    double Mf, double Ms, FGTime *t)
+{
+  NFirst = Nf;     NSec = Ns;
+  iFirst = If;     iSec = Is;
+  wFirst = wf;     wSec = ws;
+  aFirst = af;     aSec = as;
+  eFirst = ef;     eSec = es;
+  MFirst = Mf;     MSec = Ms;
+  updateOrbElements(t);
+};
+
+inline CelestialBody::CelestialBody(double Nf, double Ns,
+				    double If, double Is,
+				    double wf, double ws,
+				    double af, double as,
+				    double ef, double es,
+				    double Mf, double Ms)
+{
+  NFirst = Nf;     NSec = Ns;
+  iFirst = If;     iSec = Is;
+  wFirst = wf;     wSec = ws;
+  aFirst = af;     aSec = as;
+  eFirst = ef;     eSec = es;
+  MFirst = Mf;     MSec = Ms;
+};
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ * inline void CelestialBody::updateOrbElements(FGTime *t)
+ * given the current time, this private member calculates the actual 
+ * orbital elements
+ *
+ * Arguments: FGTime *t: the current time:
+ *
+ * return value: none
+ ***************************************************************************/
+inline void CelestialBody::updateOrbElements(FGTime *t)
+{
+  double actTime = fgCalcActTime(t);
+   M = DEG_TO_RAD * (MFirst + (MSec * actTime));
+   w = DEG_TO_RAD * (wFirst + (wSec * actTime));
+   N = DEG_TO_RAD * (NFirst + (NSec * actTime));
+   i = DEG_TO_RAD * (iFirst + (iSec * actTime));
+   e = eFirst + (eSec * actTime);
+   a = aFirst + (aSec * actTime);
+}
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * inline double CelestialBody::fgCalcActTime(FGTime *t)
+ * this private member function returns the offset in days from the epoch for
+ * wich the orbital elements are calculated (Jan, 1st, 2000).
+ * 
+ * Argument: the current time
+ *
+ * return value: the (fractional) number of days until Jan 1, 2000.
+ ****************************************************************************/
+inline double CelestialBody::fgCalcActTime(FGTime *t)
+{
+  return (t->getMjd() - 36523.5);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * inline void CelestialBody::getPos(double* ra, double* dec)
+ * gives public access to Right Ascension and declination
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+inline void CelestialBody::getPos(double* ra, double* dec)
+{
+  *ra  = rightAscension;
+  *dec = declination;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * inline void CelestialBody::getPos(double* ra, double* dec, double* magnitude
+ * gives public acces to the current Right ascension, declination, and 
+ * magnitude
+ ****************************************************************************/
+inline void CelestialBody::getPos(double* ra, double* dec, double* magn)
+{
+  *ra = rightAscension;
+  *dec = declination;
+  *magn = magnitude;
+}
+
+inline double CelestialBody::getRightAscension() { return rightAscension; }
+inline double CelestialBody::getDeclination() { return declination; }
+inline double CelestialBody::getMagnitude() { return magnitude; }
+
+inline double CelestialBody::getLon()
+{
+  return lonEcl;
+}
+
+inline double CelestialBody::getLat()
+{
+  return latEcl;
+}
+
+#endif // _CELESTIALBODY_H_
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

simgear/ephemeris/ephemeris.cxx

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+// ephemeris.cxx -- Top level class for calculating current positions of
+//                  astronomical objects
+//
+// Written by Curtis Olson, started March 2000.
+//
+// Copyright (C) 2000  Curtis L. Olson - curt@flightgear.org
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+// General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+//
+// $Id$
+
+
+#include "ephemeris.hxx"
+
+
+// Constructor
+FGEphemeris::FGEphemeris( const string &path ) {
+    our_sun = new Star;
+    moon = new Moon;
+    mercury = new Mercury;
+    venus = new Venus;
+    mars = new Mars;
+    jupiter = new Jupiter;
+    saturn = new Saturn;
+    uranus = new Uranus;
+    neptune = new Neptune;
+    stars = new FGStars( FGPath(path) );
+}
+
+
+// Destructor
+FGEphemeris::~FGEphemeris( void ) {
+    delete our_sun;
+    delete moon;
+    delete mercury;
+    delete venus;
+    delete mars;
+    delete jupiter;
+    delete saturn;
+    delete uranus;
+    delete neptune;
+    delete stars;
+}
+
+
+// Update (recalculate) the positions of all objects for the specified
+// time
+void FGEphemeris::update( FGTime *t, double lat ) {
+    // update object positions
+    our_sun->updatePosition( t );
+    moon->updatePosition( t, lat, our_sun );
+    mercury->updatePosition( t, our_sun );
+    venus->updatePosition( t, our_sun );
+    mars->updatePosition( t, our_sun );
+    jupiter->updatePosition( t, our_sun );
+    saturn->updatePosition( t, our_sun );
+    uranus->updatePosition( t, our_sun );
+    neptune->updatePosition( t, our_sun );
+
+    // update planets list
+    nplanets = 7;
+    mercury->getPos( &planets[0][0], &planets[0][1], &planets[0][2] );
+    venus  ->getPos( &planets[1][0], &planets[1][1], &planets[1][2] );
+    mars   ->getPos( &planets[2][0], &planets[2][1], &planets[2][2] );
+    jupiter->getPos( &planets[3][0], &planets[3][1], &planets[3][2] );
+    saturn ->getPos( &planets[4][0], &planets[4][1], &planets[4][2] );
+    uranus ->getPos( &planets[5][0], &planets[5][1], &planets[5][2] );
+    neptune->getPos( &planets[6][0], &planets[6][1], &planets[6][2] );
+}
+

simgear/ephemeris/ephemeris.hxx

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+// ephemeris.hxx -- Top level class for calculating current positions of
+//                  astronomical objects
+//
+// Written by Curtis Olson, started March 2000.
+//
+// Copyright (C) 2000  Curtis L. Olson - curt@flightgear.org
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+// published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+// License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+// WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+// General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+//
+// $Id$
+
+
+#ifndef _EPHEMERIS_HXX
+#define _EPHEMERIS_HXX
+
+
+#include <plib/sg.h>
+
+#include <Time/fg_time.hxx>
+
+#include "star.hxx"
+#include "moon.hxx"
+#include "mercury.hxx"
+#include "venus.hxx"
+#include "mars.hxx"
+#include "jupiter.hxx"
+#include "saturn.hxx"
+#include "uranus.hxx"
+#include "neptune.hxx"
+#include "stars.hxx"
+
+
+class FGEphemeris {
+
+    Star *our_sun;
+    Moon *moon;
+    Mercury *mercury;
+    Venus *venus;
+    Mars *mars;
+    Jupiter *jupiter;
+    Saturn *saturn;
+    Uranus *uranus;
+    Neptune *neptune;
+
+    // 9 planets, minus earth, minus pluto which we don't draw = 7
+    // planets[i][0] = Right Ascension
+    // planets[i][1] = Declination
+    // planets[i][2] = Magnitude
+    int nplanets;
+    sgdVec3 planets[7];
+
+    FGStars *stars;
+
+public:
+
+    // Constructor
+    FGEphemeris( const string &path );
+
+    // Destructor
+    ~FGEphemeris( void );
+
+    // Update (recalculate) the positions of all objects for the
+    // specified time
+    void update(FGTime *t, double lat);
+
+    // sun
+    inline Star *get_sun() const { return our_sun; }
+    inline double getSunRightAscension() const {
+	return our_sun->getRightAscension();
+    }
+    inline double getSunDeclination() const {
+	return our_sun->getDeclination();
+    }
+
+    // moon
+    inline Moon *get_moon() const { return moon; }
+    inline double getMoonRightAscension() const {
+	return moon->getRightAscension();
+    }
+    inline double getMoonDeclination() const {
+	return moon->getDeclination();
+    }
+
+    // planets
+    inline int getNumPlanets() const { return nplanets; }
+    inline sgdVec3 *getPlanets() { return planets; }
+
+    // planets
+    inline int getNumStars() const { return stars->getNumStars(); }
+    inline sgdVec3 *getStars() { return stars->getStars(); }
+};
+
+
+#endif // _EPHEMERIS_HXX
+
+

simgear/ephemeris/jupiter.cxx

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * jupiter.cxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#  define exception c_exception
+#endif
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include "jupiter.hxx"
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Jupiter::Jupiter(FGTime *t)
+ * Public constructor for class Jupiter
+ * Argument: The current time.
+ * the hard coded orbital elements for Jupiter are passed to 
+ * CelestialBody::CelestialBody();
+ ************************************************************************/
+Jupiter::Jupiter(FGTime *t) :
+  CelestialBody(100.4542,  2.7685400E-5,	
+		1.3030,   -1.557E-7,
+		273.8777,  1.6450500E-5,
+		5.2025600, 0.000000,
+		0.048498,  4.469E-9,
+		19.89500,  0.08308530010, t)
+{
+}
+
+Jupiter::Jupiter() :
+  CelestialBody(100.4542,  2.7685400E-5,	
+		1.3030,   -1.557E-7,
+		273.8777,  1.6450500E-5,
+		5.2025600, 0.000000,
+		0.048498,  4.469E-9,
+		19.89500,  0.08308530010)
+{
+}
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * void Jupiter::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+ * 
+ * calculates the current position of Jupiter, by calling the base class,
+ * CelestialBody::updatePosition(); The current magnitude is calculated using 
+ * a Jupiter specific equation
+ *************************************************************************/
+void Jupiter::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+{
+  CelestialBody::updatePosition(t, ourSun);
+  magnitude = -9.25 + 5*log10( r*R ) + 0.014 * FV;
+}
+
+
+
+

simgear/ephemeris/jupiter.hxx

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * jupiter.hxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _JUPITER_HXX_
+#define _JUPITER_HXX_
+
+#include <Time/fg_time.hxx>
+#include "celestialBody.hxx"
+#include "star.hxx"
+
+class Jupiter : public CelestialBody
+{
+public:
+  Jupiter (FGTime *t);
+  Jupiter ();
+  void updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun);
+};
+
+#endif // _JUPITER_HXX_

simgear/ephemeris/mars.cxx

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * mars.cxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#  define exception c_exception
+#endif
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include "mars.hxx"
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Mars::Mars(FGTime *t)
+ * Public constructor for class Mars
+ * Argument: The current time.
+ * the hard coded orbital elements for Mars are passed to 
+ * CelestialBody::CelestialBody();
+ ************************************************************************/
+Mars::Mars(FGTime *t) :
+  CelestialBody(49.55740,  2.1108100E-5,
+		1.8497,   -1.78E-8,
+		286.5016,  2.9296100E-5,
+		1.5236880, 0.000000,
+		0.093405,  2.516E-9,
+		18.60210,  0.52402077660, t)
+{
+}
+Mars::Mars() :
+  CelestialBody(49.55740,  2.1108100E-5,
+		1.8497,   -1.78E-8,
+		286.5016,  2.9296100E-5,
+		1.5236880, 0.000000,
+		0.093405,  2.516E-9,
+		18.60210,  0.52402077660)
+{
+}
+/*************************************************************************
+ * void Mars::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+ * 
+ * calculates the current position of Mars, by calling the base class,
+ * CelestialBody::updatePosition(); The current magnitude is calculated using 
+ * a Mars specific equation
+ *************************************************************************/
+void Mars::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+{
+  CelestialBody::updatePosition(t, ourSun);
+  magnitude = -1.51 + 5*log10( r*R ) + 0.016 * FV;
+}

simgear/ephemeris/mars.hxx

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * mars.hxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _MARS_HXX_
+#define _MARS_HXX_
+
+#include <Time/fg_time.hxx>
+#include "celestialBody.hxx"
+#include "star.hxx"
+
+class Mars : public CelestialBody
+{
+public:
+  Mars ( FGTime *t);
+  Mars ();
+  void updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun);
+};
+
+#endif // _MARS_HXX_

simgear/ephemeris/mercury.cxx

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * mercury.cxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#  define exception c_exception
+#endif
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include "mercury.hxx"
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Mercury::Mercury(FGTime *t)
+ * Public constructor for class Mercury
+ * Argument: The current time.
+ * the hard coded orbital elements for Mercury are passed to 
+ * CelestialBody::CelestialBody();
+ ************************************************************************/
+Mercury::Mercury(FGTime *t) :
+  CelestialBody (48.33130,   3.2458700E-5,
+                  7.0047,    5.00E-8,
+                  29.12410,  1.0144400E-5,
+                  0.3870980, 0.000000,
+                  0.205635,  5.59E-10,
+                  168.6562,  4.09233443680, t)
+{
+}
+Mercury::Mercury() :
+  CelestialBody (48.33130,   3.2458700E-5,
+                  7.0047,    5.00E-8,
+                  29.12410,  1.0144400E-5,
+                  0.3870980, 0.000000,
+                  0.205635,  5.59E-10,
+                  168.6562,  4.09233443680)
+{
+}
+/*************************************************************************
+ * void Mercury::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+ * 
+ * calculates the current position of Mercury, by calling the base class,
+ * CelestialBody::updatePosition(); The current magnitude is calculated using 
+ * a Mercury specific equation
+ *************************************************************************/
+void Mercury::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+{
+  CelestialBody::updatePosition(t, ourSun);
+  magnitude = -0.36 + 5*log10( r*R ) + 0.027 * FV + 2.2E-13 * pow(FV, 6); 
+}
+
+

simgear/ephemeris/mercury.hxx

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * mercury.hxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _MERCURY_HXX_
+#define _MERCURY_HXX_
+
+#include <Time/fg_time.hxx>
+#include "celestialBody.hxx"
+#include "star.hxx"
+
+class Mercury : public CelestialBody
+{
+public:
+  Mercury ( FGTime *t);
+  Mercury ();
+  void updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star* ourSun);
+};
+
+#endif // _MERURY_HXX_

simgear/ephemeris/moon.cxx

@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * moon.cxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <simgear/debug/logstream.hxx>
+#include <simgear/misc/fgpath.hxx>
+
+#include <Main/options.hxx>
+#include <Objects/texload.h>
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#  define exception c_exception
+#endif
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <FDM/flight.hxx>
+
+#include "moon.hxx"
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Moon::Moon(FGTime *t)
+ * Public constructor for class Moon. Initializes the orbital elements and 
+ * sets up the moon texture.
+ * Argument: The current time.
+ * the hard coded orbital elements for Moon are passed to 
+ * CelestialBody::CelestialBody();
+ ************************************************************************/
+Moon::Moon(FGTime *t) :
+  CelestialBody(125.1228, -0.0529538083,
+		5.1454,    0.00000,
+		318.0634,  0.1643573223,
+		60.266600, 0.000000,
+		0.054900,  0.000000,
+		115.3654,  13.0649929509, t)
+{
+#if 0
+  int width, height;
+  
+  FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "Initializing Moon Texture");
+#ifdef GL_VERSION_1_1
+  xglGenTextures(1, &moon_texid);
+  xglBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, moon_texid);
+#elif GL_EXT_texture_object
+  xglGenTexturesEXT(1, &moon_texid);
+  xglBindTextureEXT(GL_TEXTURE_2D, moon_texid);
+#else
+#  error port me
+#endif
+
+  glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT, 1);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+
+  // load in the texture data
+  FGPath tpath( current_options.get_fg_root() );
+  tpath.append( "Textures" );
+  tpath.append( "moon.rgb" );
+
+  if ( (moon_texbuf = read_rgb_texture(tpath.c_str(), &width, &height)) 
+       == NULL )
+  {
+    // Try compressed
+    FGPath fg_tpath = tpath;
+    fg_tpath.append( ".gz" );
+    if ( (moon_texbuf = read_rgb_texture(fg_tpath.c_str(), &width, &height)) 
+	 == NULL )
+    {
+	FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_ALERT, 
+		"Error in loading moon texture " << tpath.str() );
+	exit(-1);
+    } 
+  } 
+
+  glTexImage2D( GL_TEXTURE_2D,
+		0,
+		GL_RGB,
+		256, 256,
+		0,
+		GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE,
+		moon_texbuf);
+
+  // setup the halo texture
+  FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "Initializing Moon Texture");
+#ifdef GL_VERSION_1_1
+  xglGenTextures(1, &moon_halotexid);
+  xglBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, moon_halotexid);
+#elif GL_EXT_texture_object
+  xglGenTexturesEXT(1, &moon_halotexid);
+  xglBindTextureEXT(GL_TEXTURE_2D, moon_halotexid);
+#else
+#  error port me
+#endif
+
+  glPixelStorei(GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT, 1);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+  glTexParameteri(GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_LINEAR);
+  setHalo();
+  glTexImage2D( GL_TEXTURE_2D,
+		0,
+		GL_RGBA,
+		256, 256,
+		0,
+		GL_RGBA, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE,
+		moon_halotexbuf);
+  moonObject = gluNewQuadric();
+#endif
+}
+
+Moon::Moon() :
+  CelestialBody(125.1228, -0.0529538083,
+		5.1454,    0.00000,
+		318.0634,  0.1643573223,
+		60.266600, 0.000000,
+		0.054900,  0.000000,
+		115.3654,  13.0649929509)
+{
+}
+
+
+Moon::~Moon()
+{
+    //delete moonObject;
+    // delete moon_texbuf;
+    // delete moon_halotexbuf;
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+static int texWidth = 256;	/* 64x64 is plenty */
+
+void Moon::setHalo()
+{
+  int texSize;
+  //void *textureBuf;
+  GLubyte *p;
+  int i,j;
+  double radius;
+  
+  texSize = texWidth*texWidth;
+  
+  moon_halotexbuf = new GLubyte[texSize*4];
+  if (!moon_halotexbuf) 
+    return;  // Ugly!
+  
+  p = moon_halotexbuf;
+  
+  radius = (double)(texWidth / 2);
+  
+  for (i=0; i < texWidth; i++) {
+    for (j=0; j < texWidth; j++) {
+      double x, y, d;
+      
+      *p = 0xff;
+      *(p+1) = 0xff;
+      *(p+2) = 0xff;
+	  
+      x = fabs((double)(i - (texWidth / 2)));
+      y = fabs((double)(j - (texWidth / 2)));
+
+      d = sqrt((x * x) + (y * y));
+      if (d < radius) {
+	  double t = 1.0 - (d / radius); // t is 1.0 at center, 0.0 at edge */
+	  // inverse square looks nice 
+	  *(p+3) = (int)((double) 0x20 * (t*t));
+      } else {
+	  *(p+3) = 0x00;
+      }
+      p += 4;
+    }
+  }
+  //gluBuild2DMipmaps(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 1, texWidth, texWidth, 
+  //	    GL_LUMINANCE,
+  //	    GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, textureBuf);
+  //free(textureBuf);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * void Moon::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+ * this member function calculates the actual topocentric position (i.e.) 
+ * the position of the moon as seen from the current position on the surface
+ * of the moon. 
+ ****************************************************************************/
+void Moon::updatePosition(FGTime *t, double lat, Star *ourSun)
+{
+  double 
+    eccAnom, ecl, actTime,
+    xv, yv, v, r, xh, yh, zh, xg, yg, zg, xe, ye, ze,
+    Ls, Lm, D, F, mpar, gclat, rho, HA, g,
+    geoRa, geoDec;
+  
+  fgAIRCRAFT *air;
+  FGInterface *f;
+
+  air = &current_aircraft;
+  f = air->fdm_state;
+ 
+  updateOrbElements(t);
+  actTime = fgCalcActTime(t);
+
+  // calculate the angle between ecliptic and equatorial coordinate system
+  // in Radians
+  ecl = ((DEG_TO_RAD * 23.4393) - (DEG_TO_RAD * 3.563E-7) * actTime);  
+  eccAnom = fgCalcEccAnom(M, e);  // Calculate the eccentric anomaly
+  xv = a * (cos(eccAnom) - e);
+  yv = a * (sqrt(1.0 - e*e) * sin(eccAnom));
+  v = atan2(yv, xv);               // the moon's true anomaly
+  r = sqrt (xv*xv + yv*yv);       // and its distance
+  
+  // estimate the geocentric rectangular coordinates here
+  xh = r * (cos(N) * cos (v+w) - sin (N) * sin(v+w) * cos(i));
+  yh = r * (sin(N) * cos (v+w) + cos (N) * sin(v+w) * cos(i));
+  zh = r * (sin(v+w) * sin(i));
+
+  // calculate the ecliptic latitude and longitude here
+  lonEcl = atan2 (yh, xh);
+  latEcl = atan2(zh, sqrt(xh*xh + yh*yh));
+
+  /* Calculate a number of perturbatioin, i.e. disturbances caused by the 
+   * gravitational infuence of the sun and the other major planets.
+   * The largest of these even have a name */
+  Ls = ourSun->getM() + ourSun->getw();
+  Lm = M + w + N;
+  D = Lm - Ls;
+  F = Lm - N;
+  
+  lonEcl += DEG_TO_RAD * (-1.274 * sin (M - 2*D)
+			  +0.658 * sin (2*D)
+			  -0.186 * sin(ourSun->getM())
+			  -0.059 * sin(2*M - 2*D)
+			  -0.057 * sin(M - 2*D + ourSun->getM())
+			  +0.053 * sin(M + 2*D)
+			  +0.046 * sin(2*D - ourSun->getM())
+			  +0.041 * sin(M - ourSun->getM())
+			  -0.035 * sin(D)
+			  -0.031 * sin(M + ourSun->getM())
+			  -0.015 * sin(2*F - 2*D)
+			  +0.011 * sin(M - 4*D)
+			  );
+  latEcl += DEG_TO_RAD * (-0.173 * sin(F-2*D)
+			  -0.055 * sin(M - F - 2*D)
+			  -0.046 * sin(M + F - 2*D)
+			  +0.033 * sin(F + 2*D)
+			  +0.017 * sin(2*M + F)
+			  );
+  r += (-0.58 * cos(M - 2*D)
+	-0.46 * cos(2*D)
+	);
+  // FG_LOG(FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "Running moon update");
+  xg = r * cos(lonEcl) * cos(latEcl);
+  yg = r * sin(lonEcl) * cos(latEcl);
+  zg = r *               sin(latEcl);
+  
+  xe = xg;
+  ye = yg * cos(ecl) -zg * sin(ecl);
+  ze = yg * sin(ecl) +zg * cos(ecl);
+
+  geoRa  = atan2(ye, xe);
+  geoDec = atan2(ze, sqrt(xe*xe + ye*ye));
+
+  /* FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, 
+	  "(geocentric) geoRa = (" << (RAD_TO_DEG * geoRa) 
+	  << "), geoDec= (" << (RAD_TO_DEG * geoDec) << ")" ); */
+
+
+  // Given the moon's geocentric ra and dec, calculate its 
+  // topocentric ra and dec. i.e. the position as seen from the
+  // surface of the earth, instead of the center of the earth
+
+  // First calculate the moon's parrallax, that is, the apparent size of the 
+  // (equatorial) radius of the earth, as seen from the moon 
+  mpar = asin ( 1 / r);
+  // FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "r = " << r << " mpar = " << mpar );
+  // FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "lat = " << f->get_Latitude() );
+
+  gclat = lat - 0.003358 * 
+      sin (2 * DEG_TO_RAD * lat );
+  // FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "gclat = " << gclat );
+
+  rho = 0.99883 + 0.00167 * cos(2 * DEG_TO_RAD * lat);
+  // FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "rho = " << rho );
+  
+  if (geoRa < 0)
+    geoRa += (2*FG_PI);
+  
+  HA = t->getLst() - (3.8197186 * geoRa);
+  /* FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "t->getLst() = " << t->getLst() 
+	  << " HA = " << HA ); */
+
+  g = atan (tan(gclat) / cos ((HA / 3.8197186)));
+  // FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, "g = " << g );
+
+  rightAscension = geoRa - mpar * rho * cos(gclat) * sin(HA) / cos (geoDec);
+  declination = geoDec - mpar * rho * sin (gclat) * sin (g - geoDec) / sin(g);
+
+  /* FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, 
+	  "Ra = (" << (RAD_TO_DEG *rightAscension) 
+	  << "), Dec= (" << (RAD_TO_DEG *declination) << ")" ); */
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+/************************************************************************
+ * void Moon::newImage()
+ *
+ * This function regenerates a new visual image of the moon, which is added to
+ * solarSystem display list.
+ *
+ * Arguments: Right Ascension and declination
+ *
+ * return value: none
+ **************************************************************************/
+void Moon::newImage()
+{
+  fgLIGHT *l = &cur_light_params;
+  float moon_angle = l->moon_angle;
+  
+  /*double x_2, x_4, x_8, x_10;
+  GLfloat ambient;
+  GLfloat amb[4];*/
+  int moonSize = 550;
+
+  GLfloat moonColor[4] = {0.85, 0.75, 0.35, 1.0};
+  GLfloat black[4] = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0};
+  GLfloat white[4] = {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0};
+  
+  if( moon_angle*RAD_TO_DEG < 100 ) 
+    {
+      FG_LOG( FG_ASTRO, FG_INFO, "Generating Moon Image" );
+
+      xglPushMatrix();
+      {
+	xglRotatef(((RAD_TO_DEG * rightAscension)- 90.0), 0.0, 0.0, 1.0);
+	xglRotatef((RAD_TO_DEG * declination), 1.0, 0.0, 0.0);
+	
+	FG_LOG( FG_GENERAL, FG_INFO, 
+		"Ra = (" << (RAD_TO_DEG *rightAscension) 
+		<< "), Dec= (" << (RAD_TO_DEG *declination) << ")" );
+	xglTranslatef(0.0, 60000.0, 0.0);
+	glEnable(GL_BLEND);	// BLEND ENABLED
+
+	// Draw the halo...
+	if (current_options.get_textures())
+	  {
+	    // glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE);
+	    glBlendFunc ( GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA ) ;
+	    glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); // TEXTURE ENABLED
+	    glTexEnvf(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, GL_MODULATE);  
+	    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, moon_halotexid);
+	  
+	    glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+	    glTexCoord2f(0.0f, 0.0f); glVertex3f(-5000, 0.0, -5000);
+	    glTexCoord2f(1.0f, 0.0f); glVertex3f( 5000, 0.0, -5000);
+	    glTexCoord2f(1.0f, 1.0f); glVertex3f( 5000, 0.0,  5000);
+	    glTexCoord2f(0.0f, 1.0f); glVertex3f(-5000, 0.0,  5000);
+	    glEnd();
+	  }
+	
+	xglEnable(GL_LIGHTING);	// LIGHTING ENABLED
+	xglEnable( GL_LIGHT0 );
+	// set lighting parameters
+	xglLightfv(GL_LIGHT0, GL_AMBIENT, white );
+	xglLightfv(GL_LIGHT0, GL_DIFFUSE, white );
+	// Enable( GL_CULL_FACE );
+	xglMaterialfv(GL_FRONT, GL_AMBIENT, black);
+	xglMaterialfv(GL_FRONT, GL_DIFFUSE, moonColor); 
+	//glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+	
+	glBlendFunc(GL_ONE, GL_ONE);
+	
+	//glTexEnvf(GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, GL_MODULATE); 
+	// Draw the moon-proper
+	
+	if (current_options.get_textures())
+	  {
+	    glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, moon_texid);                         
+	    gluQuadricTexture(moonObject, GL_TRUE );
+	  }
+	gluSphere(moonObject,  moonSize, 12, 12 );
+	glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); // TEXTURE DISABLED
+	glDisable(GL_BLEND);	// BLEND DISABLED
+      }
+      xglPopMatrix();
+      glDisable(GL_LIGHTING);	// Lighting Disabled.
+      
+    }
+  else
+    {
+    }
+}
+#endif

simgear/ephemeris/moon.hxx

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * moon.hxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _MOON_HXX_
+#define _MOON_HXX_
+
+
+#include <simgear/constants.h>
+
+#include <Aircraft/aircraft.hxx>
+#include <Main/views.hxx>
+#include <Time/fg_time.hxx>
+
+#include "celestialBody.hxx"
+#include "star.hxx"
+
+class Moon : public CelestialBody
+{
+
+private:
+
+    // void TexInit();  // This should move to the constructor eventually.
+
+    // GLUquadricObj *moonObject;
+    // GLuint Sphere;
+    // GLuint moon_texid;
+    // GLuint moon_halotexid;
+    // GLubyte *moon_texbuf;
+    // GLubyte *moon_halotexbuf;
+  
+    // void setHalo();
+
+public:
+
+    Moon( FGTime *t);
+    Moon();
+    ~Moon();
+    void updatePosition(FGTime *t, double lat, Star *ourSun);
+    // void newImage();
+};
+
+
+#endif // _MOON_HXX_

simgear/ephemeris/neptune.cxx

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * neptune.cxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __BORLANDC__
+#  define exception c_exception
+#endif
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include "neptune.hxx"
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Neptune::Neptune(FGTime *t)
+ * Public constructor for class Neptune
+ * Argument: The current time.
+ * the hard coded orbital elements for Neptune are passed to 
+ * CelestialBody::CelestialBody();
+ ************************************************************************/
+Neptune::Neptune(FGTime *t) :
+  CelestialBody(131.7806,   3.0173000E-5,
+		1.7700,	   -2.550E-7,
+		272.8461,  -6.027000E-6,	
+		30.058260,  3.313E-8,
+		0.008606,   2.150E-9,
+		260.2471,   0.00599514700, t)
+{
+}
+Neptune::Neptune() :
+  CelestialBody(131.7806,   3.0173000E-5,
+		1.7700,	   -2.550E-7,
+		272.8461,  -6.027000E-6,	
+		30.058260,  3.313E-8,
+		0.008606,   2.150E-9,
+		260.2471,   0.00599514700)
+{
+}
+/*************************************************************************
+ * void Neptune::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+ * 
+ * calculates the current position of Neptune, by calling the base class,
+ * CelestialBody::updatePosition(); The current magnitude is calculated using 
+ * a Neptune specific equation
+ *************************************************************************/
+void Neptune::updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun)
+{
+  CelestialBody::updatePosition(t, ourSun);
+  magnitude = -6.90 + 5*log10 (r*R) + 0.001 *FV;
+}

simgear/ephemeris/neptune.hxx

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/**************************************************************************
+ * neptune.hxx
+ * Written by Durk Talsma. Originally started October 1997, for distribution  
+ * with the FlightGear project. Version 2 was written in August and 
+ * September 1998. This code is based upon algorithms and data kindly 
+ * provided by Mr. Paul Schlyter. (pausch@saaf.se). 
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+ * License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ *
+ * $Id$
+ **************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _NEPTUNE_HXX_
+#define _NEPTUNE_HXX_
+
+#include <Time/fg_time.hxx>
+#include "celestialBody.hxx"
+#include "star.hxx"
+
+class Neptune : public CelestialBody
+{
+public:
+  Neptune ( FGTime *t);
+  Neptune ();
+  void updatePosition(FGTime *t, Star *ourSun);
+};
+
+#endif // _NEPTUNE_HXX_